468. Connecting Through Chat

Discussion boards in learning management systems, particularly in the age of AI, rarely capture the authentic voice of students. In this episode, Greg Campbell joins us to discuss how the use of a chat application can motivate conversation and build community.

Greg is the chair of the English department at the Community College of Baltimore County and the deputy director of the Community College Humanities Association. He’s been teaching online courses since 2011.

Transcript

John: Discussion boards in learning management systems, particularly in the age of AI, rarely capture the authentic voice of students. In this episode, we discuss how using a chat application can motivate conversation and build community.

[MUSIC]

John: Thanks for joining us for Tea for Teaching, an informal discussion of innovative and effective practices in teaching and learning.

Rebecca: This podcast series is hosted by John Kane, an economist…

John: …and Rebecca Mushtare, a graphic designer…

Rebecca: …and features guests doing important research and advocacy work to make higher education more inclusive and supportive of all learners.

[MUSIC]

Rebecca: Our guest today is Greg Campbell. Greg is the chair of the English department at the Community College of Baltimore County and the deputy director of the Community College Humanities Association. He’s been teaching online courses since 2011. Welcome, Greg.

Greg: Hello. Thanks for having me today.

John: Thanks for joining us. Today’s teas are:… Greg, are you drinking tea with us?

Greg: I am actually an avid tea drinker. I was raised in a tea household, so I am enjoying a cup of Earl Grey at the moment.

John: Very nice.

Rebecca: Nice. I have just an English breakfast today, John.

John: And I have an Irish breakfast today.

Rebecca: Completely situated in the black teas today. [LAUGHTER] It’s not common around here, actually, for everyone to be drinking in the same ballpark.

John: It’s that time of the semester.

Greg: Yeah. [LAUGHTER] Adding caffeine.

Rebecca: Yeah. So, Greg, we invited you here today to discuss how you’ve used GroupMe to facilitate more effective discussions in asynchronous online classes. Can you talk a little bit about the problem you wanted to address by this choice?

Greg: Yes, absolutely. Again, thanks for having me today. It’s a pleasure to be here. So obviously, with my work in an English department as well as with a humanities association, I’m deep into the humanities. And if you’ve ever taken a humanities class, you know that one of the biggest things we do in class is spend a lot of time discussing and having conversations with our students, and through this we’re able to build a common understanding, common knowledge, and ensure that our students actually understand topics that we’re covering. So I realize that this is something that we really need deeply in the humanities, not that it isn’t necessary in other fields and courses as well, but it’s kind of the bedrock of a humanities class is that you know you’re going to have a lot of discussion. And I realized [LAUGHTER] that having taught online for a long time and looking as a department chair at the results of online class, anything from attrition to lower grades, started asking myself, “Okay, we’ve got this outcome that’s low, and we can’t figure out why results are lower with students who take an online class. So, what’s kind of the problem here?” And I was studying MBE: Mind, Brain, and Education with Dr. Kristen Betts at Drexel, and realized that maybe the problem isn’t the outcome. Maybe it’s actually upstream, and we’re having problems with outcomes because we’re having problems with the original input. So I started looking at ways to identify how to strengthen the input, and I kind of had the moment of lovely clarity late at night working [LAUGHTER] when I realized that in English departments we tend to do everything in three stages in our classes. So we have the in-class discussion, and then we have what we call an informal assignment, which is like a short essay, maybe a response or something that we’re not really grading intensively, more kind of just making sure the students understand and are grappling with questions, and then of course we have formal assessments, which are the research paper and kind of thing. And I realized that the discussion boards that we were doing, and this is nobody’s fault, I think this has just kind of happened over time, and I know that this is a blanket statement, so it’s not everybody. But a lot of these assignments have started turning into, rather than discussions, it’s almost like a mini essay. So we’re jumping straight into the informal assignment, and we’ve never had that time to actually discuss and ensure that we have clarity amongst the students of: what is the subject at hand? Do I understand the terminology? Do I understand the broader scope of this? And so I realized that maybe the issue is actually an input, and there’s a very… and I’m really going to stress here,,, very basic way of looking at memory building, which is that we have sensory memory, then working memory, and then long-term memory. And sensory is kind of the input; working is what we hold onto for a few seconds, and then we have the long term. Well, the problem with the first step, the sensory memory, is that students in online classes weren’t necessarily getting that. They have to go and read things that are listed in the course shell. They have to go and do these things. We aren’t necessarily interacting with them to ensure that they understand the material before they’re doing these informal assessments. So yeah, I realized we just need to figure out how to get students talking to each other. And I had a faculty member, great guy, who introduced me to the GroupMe app, and I started using that in my classes just as an attempt to increase student participation. And I broke the students up into groups so that they’re actually in small groups, and class participation skyrocketed. Basically, what I do now is we don’t do the discussion boards the way we traditionally do in the LMS. I post the discussion prompts once a week into the GroupMe app, into each of the small groups, and then the students respond to the discussion there. Sometimes they do get off topic, but I relish that because I’m like, “Great. This is even more like what would happen in class. You’re having a natural conversation with each other,” so they’re able to build social bonds as well as interact with the material. And I’m in each of these groups, too, so I can see and offer guidance and insight is necessary, but the students are saying, “It’s less intimidating because it’s a smaller group. We get to know each other, and we’re building a sense of belonging.” And it just really enhances the student experience. And I’ll level with you, it also enhances the faculty experience because all of a sudden they start asking each other questions, and so the load on my inbox for my email goes down significantly as the semester goes along, but yeah, it was basically just to say one of the bedrocks of a humanities class is discussion. So how do we recreate discussion? And instead of trying to reinvent the wheel, I said “where are students talking to each other now?” So we use this particular application. Now you could use anything. I mean, WhatsApp has capabilities. You could even set up your own groups if you want to give out your own phone number. So there’s a lot of other ways you can do this. It was just the application I chose because I had just been introduced to it and it fit the need. But I think there’s a lot of other ways you can mimic this just to get students in small groups talking to each other and talking about a prompt.

John: Why did you select GroupMe over one of the other apps, or over using small group discussion boards in Brightspace, which is what you use there?

Greg: Great question. I settled on GroupMe in part because they allow signups to use the app through email. So students didn’t need to submit their personal information to sign up for the application, everything’s basically kept confidential because they only need to use their school email address, which everybody would see as visible in the LMS anyway. So a student doesn’t have to surrender any personal information. That was one of the reasons that I landed on that. But the other thing is, and this is where again any other similar application would work, is that they don’t have to log into the LMS. So the application I chose does also have a web-based platform, so students could use their computer. But most of them just want it in their pocket, and then they get notifications. “So-and-so responded to your message. You have three new responses,” or something like that, so they’re able to respond a little more naturally rather than having to sit down and say, “This is when I’m going to do my work. This is when I’m going to think about these things.” So you’re actually almost getting that repetition of concepts into students’ brains throughout the course of the day because they get a ding on their phone, check it, want to see what their friends are saying, and reply, so it’s like an ongoing conversation. The other nifty thing with this is texting doesn’t work the way normal interactions do. I think some people see texting as synchronous and others as asynchronous, so it kind of falls into this gray area where students are talking asynchronously, but it feels more synchronous than I have to go log into my LMS and respond. So it just became a really powerful way that the students can interact with each other and get that constant feedback. And there are two other things I’m going to add here. One is they all said they appreciated that they got the notifications. Some faculty said “I’m getting a lot of notifications,” and I said “you can turn them off.” But for the students, they appreciate that they just get the small group notifications, and that drove them to get in to see, “Well, what did they say?” Because we all have that inherent like, “Ooh, there’s a new message. What’s going on? I want to check it out.” So you’re driving engagement that way. Also, it’s separate from their regular texting, so they know it’s different, but at the same time, it’s familiar. The second thing I would add is the LMS my institution uses allows students to post in a discussion board, and I don’t love this function, but it says how many people have viewed the post and then how many replies there are now you might have 17 people view your post and get zero replies, and that is to me rough [LAUGHTER], right? You’re basically saying 17 people looked at this and nobody wanted to say anything in response. Really, guys? So I think that fights against student engagement. Whereas with this application, if it was something that was hard to respond to, or somebody was just making a valid point, they don’t need to go in and just say like “Great idea, nice work.”They could just send a thumbs up that went directly onto the message, the way you do on most texting apps, or a heart or something like that. So even if they weren’t getting responses written, they knew somebody saw this and liked it, rather than somebody saw this and didn’t want to or need to take the time to type a response. So I think it also helps drive engagement that way because it’s a little drop of dopamine every time a student gets in there and sees a thumbs up on their post. So it was also really helpful to drive engagement that way, and the number of students who use those emoji reactions to react to somebody’s text was fantastic. I mean, we had so much feedback, and they were so supportive of each other. And that’s another thing where you get those smiles and nods in class. How do we replicate that when we’re looking online? We need to rethink the way that we would do that, but not completely. And so, let people text each other and send emoticons and thumbs ups and things like that to say, “I really like this point or excellent idea,” and it worked really well.

Rebecca: Can you talk a little bit about some of the other privacy concerns and thinking about using an external tool? So, you talked about the importance of thinking about only disclosing an email address, but then we also need to think about what these organizations are doing with your data that you’re sharing or the things that you’re talking about.

Greg: So that’s where I will say another reason that I stuck with the application I used is that it is owned by a large trustworthy tech company that, if I recall correctly, used to be Skype and it’s owned by Microsoft. So there wasn’t a lot of concern with that. I also checked with my IT department to make sure that they approved and those kinds of things. But basically, what it all came down to was it was more secure, probably even than something like a WhatsApp because with a WhatsApp you’re giving your phone number, whereas here all you had to do was provide your school email address, and then I’m in each of the groups, so I’m there to ensure that, you know things can get off topic, but we’re not going to harass anybody or cause any problems. And fortunately, we’ve never had this instance, but if someone were to post something that were problematic, you could immediately remove them from the chat, which is really quick and easy. And something that I’ll add is I didn’t allow students to edit or delete posts. Part of the reason for that was I was worried that a student would post something distasteful or cruel, and I didn’t want them to then be able to delete it and say “I never said that” or edit it, so that was another way. And I told students that ahead of time. They see as well when they sign up. This is the way it’s set up. But yeah, there are ways that we can ensure that we have supervision over the class. But otherwise, it’s really no different than providing email addresses to each of the students and saying, “Email each other.” It’s just much more in line with the way students interact anyway, in that they’re just texting, so it comes naturally. [LAUGHTER]

John: Before we recorded this, you had mentioned that this project grew out of something you had done in your face-to-face classes earlier. Could you tell us about that initial experiment and how this grew out of that?

Greg: Yes, absolutely. So I can be introverted at times [LAUGHTER], and I am the student who would traditionally walk in, find the seat in the back corner, sit down, I raise my hand maybe once or twice a class to ask questions, but I was definitely the annoying student who would have time to think about what we discussed in class, and then start the next class with, “I just have a quick follow up.” And so I kind of felt like I needed time to digest material rather than just dive in. I teach at a community college where we’re teaching a lot of first-generation college students who it’s their first semester in college and they’re nervous. So a lot to balance there. So in my face-to-face classes, I realized that some students may be hesitant to raise their hand. They’re also very concerned, they’re 18 to 25, they’re concerned about image, and “I don’t want to ask this question. Is it stupid?” So what I started doing is what I call questions for the class, and this was probably 2012 I started doing this, and I still do it. But I just tell my students that over the course of the semester, through the LMS, there’s an area that’s an assignment, and they have to post 10 questions in there over the course of the semester, and if they don’t like interacting in class, that’s fine. Just post extra questions and questions for the class, and I’ll give you your participation points that way by considering that you’re still asking questions in this way. So it allowed students to actually have time to consider what they were going to say, and still participate. And those shy students are also still able to participate. Now, there’s also an added trick to this, which is that it is a dream for a faculty member. Because what I would do is, I don’t lecture in my classes, I mean, it’s an English 101, but I find that when I ask questions of my students, whenever possible, I have some prepared questions, and I post those into a PowerPoint just so students can see the question on the wall as we’re discussing it. But what I then do is also I take questions for the class right before class starts, paste them into that PowerPoint at the beginning. And the first thing I’ll do is I walk into class, talk for a couple of seconds, “How’s everyone doing? Great. Let’s see what the first question from your fellow students was today.” And I cluster them because I try to do paired reading. So I cluster them, but then I’m just saying to the class, like “These aren’t even my questions. This isn’t even what I’m asking of you. This is what you found as you were reading.” And what’s interesting is the students get jazzed, and it’s funny because especially the introverted students who you think are never going to fess up to “that’s my question,” they’ll be like, “That one’s mine,” and all of a sudden you’re building some more cohesion here, and the students are seeing, “Hey, we all have similar questions,” and I’ll even say we had three questions exactly like this, so you’re not alone in thinking that. Here’s the first one, here’s the second, here’s the third. So broadly, how do we want to deal with that? So I’ve always been interested in this idea of how can we leverage technology and not substitute it? And so what we’re doing here is saying I still want my students to ask questions in class, but let’s leverage technology and give them other options and opportunities for doing that. And the students are happy because they see their question on the screen and they’re excited by that. They all get to voice their opinion. The quieter students are able to participate the way they choose to, and every student feels like they’re represented then in the class because everybody at some point has a question that’s up on the screen, and also as a faculty member, easily the first half of class is done because I just copy and paste their questions, and then I pepper in the things that I need to based on the in-class discussion. So I’m still just running a class discussion, but they’re actually running the discussion, and I’m more moderating it, and that’s how we cover getting students involved, regardless of their comfort level, but also supporting them in building a comfort level. So I had already done this, and when it came to the asynchronous class, I was just thinking to myself, “How do I recreate these questions for the class in this setting?” And the best thing I could come up with was have them submit questions, and then I make that the discussion board, but then you have the same problem of… we whisper about this in the hallways, faculty and students… that everybody reads the first post and responds to that, and then the higher up in the queue, the more replies; the lower in the queue, the fewer, and they get kind of repetitive after a little while, [LAUGHTER] right? We all know. So I was just thinking, “I can’t keep up with constantly posting. Well, this got sent in this morning, and I know I had meetings all morning, so here it is this afternoon.” So instead, I thought, “Let’s figure out a way to put the burden on them to ask each other the questions, because they’re already doing it through the technology and getting my support with that.” And yeah, you know, it was anything to do to drive engagement that I could come up with. I mean, we have to remember they’re college students. They want to socialize, they want to make friends, they want to connect, and I will add, they want to connect with the faculty member, and they appreciate having the faculty member in the chat too, because then they can also just private message you if they need to and get direct connection to you that doesn’t feel as formal as an email. So this was all driven from the premise of, “Okay, this is how I did it in the face-to-face classroom. I need to replicate that questions for the class and the discussions. How do I bring that in?” And then I was introduced to the GroupMe application by Dr. Ibarrola and he used it just to keep in touch with us because I was in a small class of just six students, and he was like, “Let’s just use this. It’s an easy way for you to get a hold of me.” So we just used it to ask him questions in a statistics class. But all of a sudden, a light bulb went off over my head that was: “Wait a minute. [LAUGHTER] The students can interact through this, ask each other questions through this. I can still monitor and make sure that they’re safe, and nothing crazy is happening.” And yeah, it just developed from there, and it was a great study. We had a lot of fun with it.

Rebecca: As you’ve been talking about the transition from what you were doing in your face-to-face classes to trying to move towards a more synchronous type of conversation in an online class, I was thinking about opportunities that I’ve had in classes where I move towards using something like Slack or gchat in a project-based class, where you need the opportunity to have real-time exchanges, but also the more asynchronous dialog, as opposed to a discussion board. It doesn’t have a structure similar to a conversation at all [LAUGHTER]. Like no one talks in threads. [LAUGHTER]

Greg: No, and I love the idea of Slack too, because that can also prepare students for the workplace, and particularly if you’re having them do group projects, the idea of this is the way your projects are going to work in the future. I think that’s fantastic. But the idea here was it was low-level implementation for first- semester students, and like you said, when I read through discussion board prompts in other classes or past classes I’ve taught where there’s seven paragraphs with citations and references at the end, and I say, “You would never talk this way in class. This is not a conversation.” So I used to even get mad at my students and be like, “Stop writing paragraphs! Keep it brief.” But I think there’s almost this sense of well, that’s not the format of a discussion board. They’ve been inherently taught that discussion boards are multi-paragraph, what I would call an informal assignment. Whereas texting, they know how to text. They know that paragraphs are unacceptable. Like if you’re sending a six-paragraph text, [LAUGHTER] nobody’s reading it. So the format matches more closely with conversation, and that’s what I liked about it. Just as you said, and I just can’t agree more with that like nobody talks the way a discussion board is actually fashioned. So we need those discussions, but how do we rethink the way we’re doing those discussions and format it in such a way that it fits both the modality as well as will get student buy-in.

John: So when you started to use GroupMe, you also decided to use this as a research project for your dissertation research. Can you tell us a little bit about how you designed the experiment that you used in your study?

Greg: Oh yeah. So things are about to get complicated [LAUGHTER]. I gathered a lot more data than I probably needed, but it worked out in the long run. So the way it was designed, and I can tell you also, we had some issues along the way. So it was originally going to run in a 14- or 15-week semester at an external institution. Then we ran into some barriers with that, and we were going to run it at my own institution in a 15-week semester, and then it was too tight. So I said, “What about a 10-week semester?” And I already had research being done for others at the institution and other individuals with all of the classes that were 10-week classes. So I ended up doing seven-week classes and worked with the faculty members to explain if you have problems, you need to go to a coordinator or the dean. So we made sure it was ethically handled so that I wasn’t supervising these folks. And they were fully online classes taught by adjuncts, which I tend to oversee the full-time faculty more, and I have coordinators who oversee the adjuncts. So I made sure there were layers of protection that there was nothing getting in the way. So there was a little bit of a time crunch that we were now in a seven-week class. Also, I will say it was a spring second seven-week class [LAUGHTER], so we had a little bit of attrition as well [LAUGHTER], which is understandable. Yeah, so the study was designed in a manner in which I did a pre- and post-survey. So the pre-survey was a series of 10 questions, and then the post-survey was most, but not quite all, of the community of inquiry framework questions. And then the 10 pre-questions were also taken from the communities of inquiry theory, and we also had some open-ended questions for students. So the first step was the quantitative data, which was gathered through Likert scale questions in the pre- and post- surveys. Also, during the course of the seven weeks, I collected and coded all of the data from the GroupMe chats and coded all of the GroupMe chats using NVivo coding. Then [LAUGHTER], still not quite enough… the plan was to have one or two focus groups, but it was hard to get students into a focus group over the course of seven weeks. They already had a lot going on, so we made the decision to change from focus groups to individual interviews, and I interviewed four students and three faculty members. So it was the two faculty members who taught the classes, two intervention courses, and then one that was a control. And then those transcripts were coded through NVivo, and then everything was brought together, triangulated for results. So it was quite a complicated summer [LAUGHTER]. A lot of coding happened, but the results were fantastic and supported by faculty and students alike. I will never forget the first interview I did. I was like, “Okay, I want to make sure students have a sense of support and belonging, and that they like the GroupMe application because that’s what they’re stuck with.” And the first student I interviewed… I said, “So tell me how it’s going” And I kid you not, the student just said, “It’s just giving me a real sense of support and belonging.” I was like, ‘All right, we’re good, [LAUGHTER] wrap it up!” . But no, the only negative comment I actually received from a student was, it was a question about discussion boards, and the student said, “I really don’t like the discussion boards. However, I enjoyed the GroupMe. We could have done more of that.” And I just giggled to myself and thought, “You didn’t even realize you were doing discussion boards.[LAUGHTER] You were doing them the whole time.” So yeah, all in all, the results were really positive, and I should know this number off the top of my head, but I can get close, which was… I believe there was one question that was in the post survey: “I feel more connected to my classmates in regards to non-academic subjects or non-academic interactions.” And the control group fell from about 50% to zero, and the intervention groups went from 30% to 80% so one dropped by about 50% the other increased by about 50%. And so just building that sense of connectedness, and what I will say, I think maybe the most interesting outcome of the study is what I call the social-emotional-belonging fabric, and basically, I think of it in this term of if you know like physics and astronomy, there’s this idea of the space-time fabric, and that everything sits in this space-time fabric. And to me, that’s what this social-emotional belonging is: that you need to build that social-emotional belonging, and then the students will be more willing to interact over the course of the academic materials. But the academics can also then reinforce the social and emotional belonging if they’re connecting when they’re doing the academic work, as they do in those small groups. So to me, it was that for a synchronous online class to really be effective, we need that baseline fabric. We need the students to be interacting with each other, to be building bonds, and to be comfortable with each other, and then we have the fabric upon which we can build the other structures. But to me, that was the most interesting thing: that every student and every faculty member just talked about how the students were more connected with each other, and that led to stronger connections with the material. So I think that we maybe need to think about “How do we reconceptualize asynchronous online classes so that the goal is to establish that fabric and then put the structure of the course on that fabric?” And that to me is where we need to go, maybe in the future, as we reconsider the possible ways of structuring asynchronous online classes.

John: A couple of clarification questions. One is, you mentioned a control group. Am I correct in assuming that the control group was a class that used traditional discussion boards instead of using GroupMe?

Greg: Correct. Yes.

John: And another is: not all of our listeners will be familiar with qualitative research or with NVivo.

Greg: [LAUGHTER]

John: Could you describe what NVivo is, just to fill people in?

Greg: Yes. So NVivo is a process by which you can do coding. I’m using it in this sense to describe a coding system. So basically, what you can do is you can code material in many different ways. There are whole handbooks on how to code. There are different styles, systems of establishing what you’re looking for. And coding is often done in two cycles. So you go through it one way, and then when you’re all done, you say, “Oh, good heavens! I have to do all that again.” And then you do it all again a second time with a different coding system. So I can tell you what I did was for the GroupMe transcripts as well as the open-ended responses and the pre- and post-surveys. I did what’s called a priori coding. So that’s where I took existing terminology and vocabulary, and I used a lot of terms that came from social and emotional belonging and the community of inquiry framework. And I looked for keywords or themes that related to those and anytime you come across one of them, you kind of highlight it. So with my first round of coding in the pre- open-ended responses, the post- open-ended responses, and the transcripts, I did that a priori coding. Then I followed up with what is called descriptive coding for the second cycle. This is where you’re describing what the students are doing. So I might have keywords that are things like supporting each other, student-focused support, or peer-to-peer support, something like that. And then anywhere you’re seeing that the students are doing that peer-to-peer support, you highlight it, and then you can compare, “How often am I seeing this peer-to-peer support populate in the transcript for the intervention groups versus how often do I see it populate in the transcripts for the control group?” And now I did one other thing which I thought was kind of a little nifty. I finished with descriptive coding as the second cycle for all of that material, but then for the interviews, I used those same descriptive codes as the first cycle of the interview transcripts so there was kind of an alignment there. And then for the second cycle, I did what’s called values coding, where you look at what are the things that they’re saying they find valuable as a value or an emotion or a belief, and you try to focus on those kinds of things. And that, to me, was good for the interviews because it got to the heart of these are the things that you’re talking about, so they’re important, whether they’re positive or negative. If these are the things you’re talking about, these are your core values, and these are the things you valued in the course. So that’s why I used that as the second round of coding after I made sure that I had some alignment because I had so much different qualitative material that I just needed a way [LAUGHTER] to make sure that it was all aligned, or I was going to go crazy. So it’s a process, and then basically what you can do is look at, and then this is what we call triangulation: is you look at the quantitative results, and so I can say, “Okay, quantitatively, according to the Likert scale questions, students believed that working in small groups was a positive,” and then you go over to your qualitative and the codes, and you try to break it down into bigger themes. And of those bigger themes, you say, “Well, this theme relates to this qualitative code or this qualitative outcome and so here, the qualitative and the quantitative match.” So I’m getting qualitative results that say that the students like the small groups in the interviews and in the chat transcripts we also got that. So if those results align qualitatively and quantitatively, that’s what we call triangulation because they’re supporting each other. So it’s basically a way of gathering qualitative information, kind of making it quantitative because you’re then able to count the number of each code or each theme, but then you look at the two and compare them and say, “Yes, this actually supports what we were saying in the quantitative data. And so, for that reason, we believe there’s a strong level of support to this.” So it’s a mixed methods study, but the heart of this study was really conversation, student interaction, “do you feel supported by each other?” And as much as we can gather information on that quantitatively, I felt quite strongly that we also needed the qualitative aspects and the individual student and faculty feedback to see that that was actually supported, and it was.

Rebecca: At the top, you talked a little bit about what your goals were and what you were trying to achieve. You talk about belongingness and connection, but like, what kinds of words are they using to describe why they liked the platform or why they liked this kind of interaction?

Greg: So there were a lot of different responses, and this is why I landed on that theory of a social-emotional-background fabric is because the levels were so broad, but also broadly supported. So I can tell you one response that I got from students was, “Well, it was nice to know that I needed to privately message my professor, I could just pull out my phone and do it.” And I said, “Well, did you?” “No, but it was nice to know that I could.” [LAUGHTER] Well, to me, that’s an interesting form of support. And I said to them, “Well, did you email at any point?” And they said, “Nah, email is too formal.” But I said “You didn’t even use it, but it felt supportive?” And they said, “Yeah, they’re right there. They’re on my phone.” So it’s even interesting that you didn’t necessarily need to utilize every opportunity, but just them knowing that they could went a long way. Then there was also students who said I get anxiety when there’s 17 or 20 posts and threads and I have to read them and decide who to respond to and they’re honest and like “I don’t read them all I just find one with only one response or none and try and make them feel good.” So students felt supported because there was reduced anxiety and they got to know the people in their group, so it wasn’t a “Who are these people?” After seven weeks, they knew who the people were. So there was that support. There was also, as I mentioned earlier, the support of student to student, where I even had responses where it’s two a.m. and a student sends a text out through the application saying, “I can’t find such-and-such assignment.” And another student who was up at that hour responded, and they can use the at sign too. So they said “At so-and-so: it’s over here. It’s titled this,” and then the student responded “At so-and-so: Thank you so much. I just found it. I really appreciate that.” And then the other student responded, “I got you. I’m up at this hour too. If you need anything.” Stuff like that. So it was really interesting that they also then support each other, and they know that we all have the same questions and the same thing. So that’s why it kind of landed on this idea of a fabric because I’m not sure there’s any one thing. I think it’s just a broad, can I access the faculty member if I need to? Can I talk to other students if I need to? Am I alone out here in a class where we never meet and I’ll never see anyone’s face? Is anyone on my side? And it’s like, “yeah, the people over here in your little group, they’re on your side.” So as to like a specific, “What is it?” I don’t know [LAUGHTER]. I think that area is ripe for further research, but what I have kind of likened it to is if you get good honey, is it the bees, the flowers, the hive? Who knows? I got good honey [LAUGHTER]. I don’t know if it was coming from just the small groups or just the use of the application. Or just the fact that they could DM each other and me if they needed to, and it’s incredibly hard to parse that out because how do you know unless you ask each student individually: “What was the one thing that you found most supportive?” Which we did in interviews, but even when we did that, students can’t put their finger on it. There’s this, “Well, you know, I like this, but I also really like this, and I can do this.” It was everything from: “I like that it dings because then I know to jump in” to “I can do this while I’m in line at the grocery store with my kids and still get my discussion board points” to “I didn’t have to go log in through the log into the institution, then the login to the LMS, then the click on the thread.” It cuts the time, so they like that. So further research is definitely needed [LAUGHTER]. But there’s something…

Rebecca: But they like it? [LAUGHTER]

Greg: Yes, they like it. There’s something to it, and that to me was the big success here was that it worked. It’s at least a proof of concept for now. I think a lot could be done with it, and I also think you could drill down into different things in different places. So one of the things I wanted to try and figure out was how well are students understanding actual concepts and material. But it’s really hard to do that because how do you know what they knew coming in? So I said to an A and P, anatomy and physiology professor, you know, “Maybe we could use an A and P class and see how well students learn the vocabulary in control versus intervention group because that way you’d be able to say are they actually learning specific terms and understanding specific individual content.” That’s really tough to do in a writing class because we don’t have a ton of terminology and it’s very conceptual, so it’s hard to be like, “Did you understand formatting and thesis statements better because we were chatting?” It’s just very, very difficult to gauge something that specific in an English class, especially English 101. But I think there’s other opportunity in the future to do studies in different departments or classes where you could drill down into some of those questions a little bit more in depth, but again, this was proof of concept and to get the dissertation done. But it was a really fun project.

John: Rebecca and I keep hoping to have a podcast where the concept of AI doesn’t come up, but it already did sneak in a little bit because NVivo does use AI in analyzing the transcripts, which can save a tremendous amount of time. But one of the things I was thinking about also is, when I last taught an online class, it was about a year and a half ago, I think, now. One of the things that was happening is I was getting discussion posts very much like you described, that looked very much like most of them were AI- generated, even including sources and other things. And a lot of faculty are reporting that discussion boards seem to be mostly done by AI in many classes. And I’m wondering if perhaps the more informal nature of this might reduce the incentive to do that. Students are not very likely to use AI when texting each other, but when they’re sitting at a computer responding to something that feels higher stakes, it seems to be creeping into more and more of the work that we’re seeing. Maybe this might be one way of getting more productive discussion boards by avoiding AI intervention?

Greg: Oh yeah, and I think to add to that, the kind of response that you do in a text… it’s almost faster just to reply than it is to go “ChatGPT give me a one-sentence response to this,” and fire it off. So I think that it drives engagement that way, but this is also why I said I think it could even be implemented in face-to-face classes, is that if you know the students are having the discussion in class and then are following up with each other through small groups and text messages this way, it’s also incentivizing to have that natural regular communication and don’t rely on technology to give you the answer. And so we have students in these classes. We said, “All you need to do is give us an idea for what your next essay is going to be about.” So, then we’re throwing out, “Well, I’m kind of between this and this, and I’m not really sure.” But you can tell, like that’s not coming from AI. And then you see a thesis statement, and they’re all responding to each other’s thesis statements: “Yeah, I think you can say this or say that.” And I hate to be so potentially dreary, but it means even if they are using AI to get that thesis statement, they’re still interacting with students and getting feedback and making adjustments. So they’re still thinking about it, which is better than “I’m just going to generate it through AI and post it to the discussion board and leave it there.” So forced interaction of some sort, I guess. But yeah, definitely, it is a very strong potential to be… I was never quite sure how to phrase this, and I think the best way to say is: it helps avoid reliance on AI. I don’t think we’re going to be able to completely get it out of the classroom ever, but this is something where there’s less reliance, and they are building confidence as they’re talking to each other about the course material in the chat anyway. So they’re interacting with the material no matter what.

Rebecca: It does seem like the format because it’s informal, it’s low stakes, it probably feels for students like it doesn’t have to be performative. We’re often in settings where we feel like we need to be performing, and so we’re concerned about how we’re constructing a sentence. But the nature of texting is so informal that there isn’t like a performance attached to it, and that might just take away a lot of the stress and it feels more intimate and private and what have you.

Greg: And I’m going to get myself in trouble here. But I will also say there’s only one thing that was maybe a little performative on my end when I do this because I’ve done this in my own classes a few times in preparation for the study, and I’m doing it now in a class that I’m teaching. There’s one thing that’s maybe a little performative on my part, and it’s because it’s very difficult to not correct my text messages. [LAUGHTER] But when I make a typo, I don’t fix it, and I have to say, “Greg, stop it, help yourself. It’s fine. Just go ahead and send.” But it then encourages the students to be like, “Oh, well, Professor Campbell had a typo. It’s fine if I have a typo,” and I just say to them like, “This is not being graded for grammar or usage or anything like that.” Nor would an in-class discussion be. I’m not sitting up there saying, you know, “You said who instead of whom, dock five points.” We would never do that in an in-class discussion, so don’t carry that into the virtual discussion. So that’s the only thing that can maybe be a little performative is I pull myself back and say, “Keep it natural. If you made an error, just leave the error in there. Let them see that it really doesn’t matter. You make mistakes too, and none of this is graded for that.” It’s another way of just trying to be a little more supportive and natural with it, but yeah, sometimes I’m like, “Oh, I really want to go back and change that.” [LAUGHTER]

Rebecca: But the rules are no editing.

Greg: No editing. Yeah, that is the rule. [LAUGHTER] And it is perfectly fair. I’ll hold myself to the same standard as them, and I had no problem on that.

John: As long as they don’t incorrectly use the subjunctive mood. [LAUGHTER] But we always end with the question: What’s next?

Greg: Excellent question. So I think what’s next for me is I gathered so much, I mean, as you heard, like I had mountains and mountains of data to sift through. So I think I want to continue looking at some other potential outcomes, and then as I’ve mentioned, future attempts at how to incorporate this into classes. So I can tell you a few things that are kind of in the works. So I’ve got this going with a class of mine right now, but it’s English 205: World Literature I. So the students are already at least a semester into college, and it’s easier to get them into it, and they kind of control the chat much more themselves, so I want to continue doing what I’m doing with my own work. But I really want to try this with three different things. One is another department, even math, and I’m saying that because I’ve weighed in here on the humanities, but this would be useful in STEM classes, and if a student can just reach out to a math instructor, and I say math because that’s the other gateway class, obviously at the institution. So I’d like to pair with someone over there and maybe see what we could do there. Secondly, I think it’s really important to see how this functions with a face-to-face class. Does this support the students or not? And at my institution, we actually created the national standard model for accelerated English, The Accelerated Learning Program, where we have a class of 10 students who are developmental education students, 10 who are regular college students, all together as a class of 20 in English 101. And after that class ends, the 10 college ready students leave, the other 10 students go and get some individual coaching with the faculty member and maybe do some further assistance in helping the students. And I talked to a faculty member; she’s actually the coordinator of the program, and she said she wanted to give it a shot. So we’re going to try this. And she said, “Well, I just think I’ll give it to the 10 developmental education students.” And I said, “I think as soon as word gets out, that these students can text you and are in a group texting each other, you’re gonna have trouble with the other 10.” So she agreed, and so we actually have, it’s a hybrid class, so the students will meet for the first three weeks in person. They’ll get to know each other a little bit there. Then we’ll have four groups of five. So two groups of five for the dev-ed students, two groups of five for the regular students, and we’re going to see if this also helps support students who are considered more of our at-risk population. So will they feel a stronger sense of belonging and connectedness to each other, the faculty member, and the institution, if we implement this into that course? And so that class starts in a week, I think. So, I’ll have results on that at some point. But I think there’s a lot of further research that can be done on this kind of stuff. And then my other thing is just to continue looking at how do we improve engagement, particularly student engagement in asynchronous online classes? Because I think we’re going to continue to see a lot of growth in those. I mean, that modality is the fastest-growing modality we have, and we want to make sure that students are actually learning in my English department. [LAUGHTER] That’s pretty important to me. So, continuing to look at how we can support students in student engagement through new and different means that are maybe a little creative, but also not necessarily an earth-shattering idea. What are other little things like this that we can continue to do to support students and support student engagement?

John: Well, thank you. This is a great project, and we really appreciate you sharing this with us and our listeners.

Greg: Thank you so much for having me. This was a pleasure.

Rebecca: And we definitely look forward to hearing what happens next in some of these other studies that you’re doing.

Greg: I will follow up with you guys as soon as I have any feedback, maybe at some point in January or February I’ll have results from the study we’re going to do for the dev-ed.

Rebecca: Great.

[MUSIC]

John: If you’ve enjoyed this podcast, please subscribe and leave a review on Apple Podcasts or your favorite podcast service. To continue the conversation, join us on our Tea for Teaching Facebook page.

Rebecca: You can find show notes, transcripts and other materials on teaforteaching.com. Music by Michael Gary Brewer.

John: Editing Assistance provided by Madison Lee.

[MUSIC]

467. Learning Reinforces Curiosity

Many past guests have emphasized the role curiosity can play in stimulating student learning. In this episode, Yaniv Abir discuss his recent study examining the impact of satisfying initial curiosity on subsequent curiosity about related content.

Yaniv is a postdoctoral researcher at the Max Planck Centre for Computational Psychiatry and Ageing Research at University College London. He is one of the co-authors of a study entitled “Learning Reinforces Curiosity,” which was published earlier this year in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences.

Show Notes

Transcript

John: Many past guests have emphasized the role curiosity can play in stimulating student learning. In this episode, we discuss a recent study examining the impact of satisfying initial curiosity on subsequent curiosity about related content.

[MUSIC]

John: Thanks for joining us for Tea for Teaching, an informal discussion of innovative and effective practices in teaching and learning.

Rebecca: This podcast series is hosted by John Kane, an economist…

John: …and Rebecca Mushtare, a graphic designer…

Rebecca: …and features guests doing important research and advocacy work to make higher education more inclusive and supportive of all learners.

[MUSIC]

Rebecca: Our guest today is Yaniv Abir. Yaniv is a postdoctoral researcher at the Max Planck Centre for Computational Psychiatry and Ageing Research at University College London. He is one of the co-authors of a study entitled “Learning Reinforces Curiosity,” which was published earlier this year in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences. Welcome, Yaniv.

Yaniv: Thank you, thank you. I’m very happy to be here.

John: Thanks for joining us. Today’s teas are:… Yaniv, are you drinking any tea with us today?

Yaniv: I am. I’m just having an English breakfast tea, actually, with milk.

John: Excellent. Which is the appropriate British way of doing it. [LAUGHTER]

Rebecca: I have a gin tea and rose today, John,

John: And I have a spring cherry green tea today.

Yaniv: That sounds nice.

John: It’s very good.

Rebecca: It always smells really good, but I don’t like the taste of it. [LAUGHTER] So we’ve invited you here today to discuss your study on the effect of learning on curiosity for related information. To set the foundation for the discussion, it might be helpful if you could explain the role that curiosity plays in learning.

Yaniv: The role that curiosity plays in learning, and the role that learning plays in curiosity, of course. So we think about curiosity as our motivation to seek information. So, sort of seeking information is a really important part in learning, and that’s what motivates us to do that. So we know that curiosity is very important for learning. If you’re motivated to do something, you’ll do more of it and you’ll do it better. We know, for example, that people remember better facts or skills that they learned when they were curious about those facts and skills versus when they weren’t, and we know that works across the lifespan. So if you let people memorize a few facts or anything, any new material, invariably you see that older adults perform slightly less well than younger adults. But one of the very few places where you don’t see that is when you are looking at information that people are curious about. Older adults would be just as good as younger adults. So there’s something interesting that curiosity is so powerful that it can save learning from one of the most robust and reliable effects that we know that affect learning. So older age memorizing becomes more difficult, except if you’re curious about what you’re memorizing. So curiosity is really, really powerful. We know it’s very important for childhood learning. People who build robots think that it’s very, very important for building robots that are good at handling the real world. So it’s a core part of learning, and obviously learning is a core part of curiosity because it’s what it’s about.

John: In the paper, you know that past studies have generally treated curiosity as being static and focused in those studies on the demographic and personal characteristics that affected curiosity. Why might that approach be somewhat problematic?

Yaniv: Right. So studying curiosity has been around for a long time, and it’s gone in and out of fashion in waves. In the last wave we’re part of and very much in debt to, cognitive scientists wanted to understand this phenomenon of curiosity. The first thing that we do as cognitive scientists is that if we find the human capacity we’re interested in and we want to understand how it works, first thing we do is break it into bits. We want to isolate it. We want it to reduce it to its absolute essence. Sort of the essence of curiosity? It’s someone being motivated to seek information, and there, people who studied curiosity added “for the sake of information,” information for its own sake. And why are they adding that? Because they’re coming from a tradition of studying learning, or what we call instrumental learning. So, learning where there’s a very clear goal to seek an immediate, tangible reward toward a good outcome, and that is sort of the tradition that they’re coming from. Sort of make sure that they’re not studying that because that is well known. That would be trivial, so they don’t want to study how people seek information when they’re learning for a test. For example, I recently moved to the UK. I have to retake my driving license here. I had to study for the theory of driving test. So I really have to memorize all these facts about the rules of the road in the UK, and I’m not curious about them. That’s an easy way to distinguish two different behaviors. But I have to do it, otherwise I won’t get my license. So there’s a clear goal that I can explain why this individual is seeking information, and that is not internally motivated. It’s not about themselves. It’s about something that they have to do that comes from the environment. So we definitely don’t want to study that. We want to study something pure, internally motivated curiosity, that thing that we all feel as academics, as people, as children. And in order to do that, they want to isolate the experience of curiosity from everything else. They will just look at a question that either makes a person curious or not, and we’ll measure just that, and we’ll isolate it from everything else that’s going on. And that was very, very important to sort of establish the ways that we’re measuring curiosity, the tasks that we’re using, the way we’re asking people. But what it did is it threw out the purpose of curiosity. Curiosity is for learning. It is to guide our learning. It is to make our learning better. And if we look at curiosity as an isolated instance, we’re throwing all that out because curiosity doesn’t live in isolation. We learn one fact, and that already leads us to be curious about the next question. We all have that experience of going down a rabbit hole in Wikipedia or whatnot. One thing leads to the next, and then we’re curious about this, and then we’re curious about that. Curiosity doesn’t live as one idea. I’m curious about a question. I got the answer. I’m satisfied. Curiosity quenched. That’s it.

Rebecca: Can you talk a little bit about how your approach in this study differs from this tradition?

Yaniv: So it’s not very different. The tweak that we made was very, very minor, and I’m actually quite proud, and I like that aspect of the study. It’s very simple. We didn’t invent anything too novel. We took a very well- established way of measuring curiosity, which wouldn’t surprise people very much. It’s showing people a question, a trivia question, and asking them whether they want to hear the answer. And the way we usually do that is we say you’re going to have to wait three seconds to hear the answer to this question. Are you willing to wait, or do you want to skip to the next question? And we know from a lot of previous studies that our participants are volunteers. Their willingness to wait to hear an answer tracks very well with their curiosity, and people are consistent. So they’re consistent within individuals. I agree with myself about what is interesting and what arouses my curiosity from one time point to the next. You’d be surprised. You’d think that curiosity is this very personal, idiosyncratic quality of a person, but people they agree by and large which trivia questions are interesting or not. So we took this very established paradigm, and the only thing that we did was we said let’s take trivia questions from a few different categories. So we have a little bit of variance in topics, and the one thing that we’re going to do is instead of just looking at question – Am I curious? – answer, I’m going to look at the previous answer and how I felt after I learned the previous answer, and what that does to my curiosity when I encounter the next question. And that next question may be related, so it could be from the same category, or it could be different, and then we asked, “Do I change my curiosity in any way after I read a very satisfying answer, or after I read a dissatisfying answer?” So that’s the only thing that we did. We said instead of trying to isolate each experience, which as experimental psychologists we call it a trials, instead of trying to isolate each trial, let’s look at how people learn from one experience to the next.

John: So it’s a more dynamic approach to investigating curiosity. Is that a good way of viewing this?

Yaniv: Yes, absolutely. And there’s already been a little bit of work on the dynamics of this. So there’s great work by David Lydon-Staley and Danny Bassett, and they looked at how people explore Wikipedia, and they looked at whether they tend to sort of explore pages in a single topic or whether they tend to jump around. And it turns out that different people tend to do different things, and they were looking at the dynamics of how you explore in this knowledge space led by your curiosity, but they took an approach of let’s describe the overall statistics, the type of jumps that you might see from one topic to the next. We did something simpler, but also more specific. We said, let’s see if we can predict by your response to one fact whether you’d be interested in the next fact. And then there’s also been really cool work from Alison Adcock’s lab looking at how curiosity unfolds within one experience. So if you have like a story going on or something visual that you’re seeing that unfolds, how curiosity unfolds over time and show how it fluctuates and it has a lot to do with your affective responses, which makes a lot of sense. So this is sort of a new approach that has been coming up in the literature in the past two, three years, five years by now.

Rebecca: Can you talk a little bit about what question your study was hoping to address with this dynamic approach?

Yaniv: Yes. So we realized that a very simple question can actually resolve a conundrum that’s been plaguing the curiosity, or exploration, or information-seeking literature. There’s been a lot of names for it for the past more than 50 years. So the very simple question was: “What happens when you encounter a satisfying answer?” You learn the answer, and you satisfied your curiosity. What happens next? So one account that sort of comes from the word satisfaction says the question aroused something in you. That thing was something that needed to be resolved, and the answer resolved that, maybe this slightly aversive thing that you felt, and now everything is over. Your curiosity is satisfied, and you’ll actually be less curious. And another version of this actually says, and I think a lot of people would find that intuitively appealing, is: “If you learn something interesting, satisfying that only opens and grows and reinforces your curiosity to learn more in the same topic,” and these two predictions come from different theories about curiosity. So the older one looks at curiosity from the lens of optimal arousal theory. It’s this idea that people don’t like to be bored, basically. So even if all your needs are met, you need sort of a minimum optimal level of stuff happening, of interesting stuff in your life to be happy and satisfied. And you’re always aspiring to maintain that very minimal level of arousal. So you don’t want stuff to be boring. You don’t want to be sitting in an empty room with nothing happening, but you don’t want to be overstimulated, so you’re titrating yourself all the time in this homeostatic process, where if I’m bored, I seek out stimulation, but if I’m overstimulated, I seek less of it. So that’s the idea. If I learn something interesting, then now it’s time to tamp it down. Let’s relax. If I’m bored, if I didn’t learn anything interesting recently, then I seek out. And the other approach frames curiosity as part of reinforcement learning. So this is really a wide-ranging framework that people may have heard of a lot in connection to machine learning because it’s a very efficient way of training machines to be intelligent, and we see that relevance in AI and LLMs and all of that. But it’s a wide-ranging framework of thinking about how organisms learn in the environment. And the basic idea is that if something good happened, I want to repeat the action that led to it. So, if I learn something interesting, I want more of the same. I want to explore that topic. I want to get more information from that information source, and the’re different ways of thinking about curiosity. One kind of sets it apart from instrumental learning, from doing stuff for other goals, while the other one says it’s just another way of instrumental learning. It’s another way of achieving our goals. For our goals, we need money and food and shelter. We also need a lot of information, and we realize we could adjudicate between these two accounts by looking at this very simple question: After you satisfy your curiosity, what happens? Does curiosity grow or is it diminished?

John: We don’t want to get right to the results of your study because we want to keep people in suspense, let their curiosity build a little bit. So, could you tell us a little bit about the experiment that you designed? You talked a little bit about how you measured curiosity, but what was the actual experiment you used to test between those two hypotheses?

Yaniv: So, we invited volunteers online, and what they did was play this game that we call the waiting task. So, in every round of this game, we present a trivia question, such as which country in the world has the most libraries, and we tell them if you want to learn the answer to this question, you’re going to have to wait an X amount of seconds, could be 3, 6, 9, or 12 seconds, and if they choose to wait, they wait and they see the answer, which is probably Russia. But if they’re not interested, they can just skip on to the next question. And crucially, we tell them in advance: look, you’re going to be here for 20 minutes, no matter what. So how you choose is not going to affect how long this is going to take or anything else. Please base your choices on your actual interest. Another thing is that every time they see an answer, we ask them, “Was it worth the wait?” and they rate whether it was worth the wait. So they tell us about their satisfaction with the answer that they read, and after they complete this game, we show them another bunch of questions that come from these same set of trivia questions, and we ask them to rate their curiosity in learning the answer to each question. Here, we don’t show them the answers; we just want their ratings. So overall, what we have is their expectations about how good of an answer they’re going to get if they pursue a question. That’s their curiosity rating. We have their satisfaction after having read the answer, and we have their choices of whether to pursue this bit of information or not. And then the way we bring them together answers our main question of what happens after you read a satisfying answer versus a dissatisfying answer.

Rebecca: So, are you saying we are left hanging at the end of this game and not knowing the answers to some of the questions we’re curious about?

Yaniv: Yes, yes, that’s unfortunately [LAUGHTER] a part of the deal. Yeah, you’re left without an answer to some of these questions, and that’s of course important because at that part of the experiment we want to make sure that we don’t have these learning effects of one question interferes with the next question. So there’s a lot to say about this purist reductionist way of measuring curiosity, but also we want to see how curiosity evolves and adapts from one bit of information to the next. That’s why we leave our participants without answers to some of the questions, unfortunately. But I’m sure that they can find the answers on the internet if they’re really interested.

Rebecca: How large was your sample for this experiment?

Yaniv: So we actually run this experiment twice, so to speak. The first time we recruited 300 participants, which is an OK sample, and would show us anything when we’re thinking about sample sizes. If you can show something reliably in small samples, that means that it’s a large meaningful effect. But to make sure that we can show it reliably, we also replicated it in a much larger data set that we had, that we previously collected actually during COVID of over 2000 participants. So it’s quite big, and happily we find the same patterns in both.

John: So you gave one example about libraries as a type of question, could you give us a few other examples of questions that were raised during this trivia game?

Yaniv: Yes, definitely, and this is going to tell us a little bit how we’re going to learn from people’s choices and reactions to the questions, because some of the questions in our dataset people found quite interesting. So, for example, what is the most stolen food in the world? A lot of people thought that that’s quite an interesting question. On a scale of one to five, they rate it at above four, so quite good. And the answer to that is cheese. And when you look at whether people were satisfied with the answer, they were quite satisfied. So people are happy with the answer. So it’s an interesting question, interesting answer. And we’re going to call this a high-engagement stimulus or question-and-answer pair. And then of course there were boring questions and answers in our stimulus set. So one question like that was, “In which city was Bob Crane killed?” Actually, to this day, I don’t know who Bob Crane is, [LAUGHTER] and most of our participants didn’t either and didn’t care, and they give it a very sort of low-curiosity rating. And the answer is Scottsdale, Arizona, and people don’t really care about the answer either. So this is a question and a low satisfaction answer. So we call this a low-engagement question and answer. But then, importantly, there’s a question like “Which book was written in response to an editor’s challenge to write a book using fewer than 50 different words,” and people are sort of mid-level curious about this question. But then they read that the answer is Dr. Seuss’s Green Eggs and Ham, and they’re very satisfied with the answer. They know the book; it’s a funny book, it’s an interesting book, so they’re pleasantly surprised by the answer. And this is important. This pleasant surprise, in reinforcement learning terms, we call this a positive prediction error. So I had a prediction, how interesting the answer is going to be, and that was my mid-level curiosity. But then there was an error. My satisfaction was actually higher than I expected. So this is a positive surprise, and this is really important because if the reinforcement learning hypothesis is correct, this is the learning signal. Something is interesting here that you didn’t think about before. And then we had questions like, “Cured salmon is the main ingredient of which food?” And again, people are sort of mid-level curious about this question. The answer we gave was gravlax, which people are really disappointed about. It’s obvious it’s not interesting. I mean, gravlax is cured salmon, so I didn’t learn much. And people give the answer a very low satisfaction rating. So again, we have a prediction error here. Our prediction didn’t match the outcome, but now it’s a negative prediction error. I find it surprisingly dissatisfying, and that is also important. That is a learning signal. Maybe in this task, questions of this type are going to be disappointing, and I should avoid them. Maybe this type of knowledge is disappointing in general, and I should avoid it. So that’s the idea. And then you already have sort of hypotheses about what should happen next. So if the reinforcement-learning hypothesis is correct after learning an answer that gives you a positive prediction error or high-engagement answer in general, you should want more of the same kind of knowledge, and vice versa. If it’s disappointing or just not interesting you should want less, whereas the optimal arousal theory says, “If it was good, I want less of everything. If it was bad, if it was dissatisfying, I want more information.” Doesn’t matter which. So very different predictions.

John: So I gather that your sample did not include very many people in their 60s, 70s, and 80s from the U.S., because they probably would have been more curious about Bob Crane because he was a lead of a popular TV show back in the 60s and 70s called Hogan’s Heroes, which was based on a prison camp in Germany. That was very popular in the U.S., but probably before most of your participants were familiar with it. [LAUGHTER]

Yaniv: Yes, absolutely. I think that’s the right inference to make. Then we have some older participants, but always more difficult to get them online. So yeah, most of our participants are around the age of 30.

Rebecca: Well, I know I have a burning question that we’ve been holding out on, which is, what did you find? [LAUGHTER]

Yaniv: You wouldn’t be surprised by the way I described it so far that what we found was evidence in favor of the reinforcing hypothesis. So if you learn something that is very satisfying, especially if it was surprisingly satisfying, you’re more likely to want more of that kind of information going forward. So if it was the questions about animals, and you were pleasantly surprised with the answer, you’re going to be more likely to want to wait for answers about animals going forward, and vice versa. If it was disappointing, you’ll be less likely to wait for an animal-related question on the next trial. And it was very robust and reliable, and we find it across different types of questions and across different data sets. So, really strong evidence in favor of thinking about curiosity as something that we learn from experience to experience. So, we learn what to be curious about and how much curiosity is warranted by the way the world is, which is a very important insight. We know some people are more curious than others. We know that in some situations we’re more curious than other situations. Thinking about it from the frame of we learned to be that way, rather than this is an innate trait, is really really helpful when you think about how can we make people more curious, more engaged with whatever content it is that we want them to be engaged with.

John: So when people get a positive result in terms of the curiosity, does that increase curiosity in general, or is it just within that category, that domain of knowledge?

Yaniv: Absolutely, just within that category is what we see. So if you learn something interesting about food or about geography, it is going to increase your subsequent curiosity just within that category. Sometimes we see that it might make you less interested in other categories. Sometimes not. I suspect it sort of depends on the structure of the problem. Do you feel that this is sort of a competition between different categories, or whether that aspect is not there, and we did this once, where in an experiment, as I described, where there were four distinct categories: animal, foods, geography, the arts, and we saw this dynamic of you learn only within a category. But then, when we replicated it in our larger previous experiment, then we didn’t have distinct categories. The questions were just from everywhere in the internet. There were trivia questions and interesting tips that you can find on the internet, so sort of a very large variety. And what we did there was rather than look at distinct categories, which was very easy, we measured how similar each question and answer were to the ones that came next, and again we saw the same pattern. When they were similar in terms of the content, then you saw that learning positively satisfying increased your curiosity, positively surprisingly dissatisfying decreased your curiosity. But when they were very very different from one another, you didn’t see that, it didn’t affect each other.

Rebecca: So that certainly leads me to more curiosity about how this might be applied in a classroom setting and what the implications are for teaching and learning. What thoughts do you have about what instructors might consider as they take this information in and think about their own classroom contexts?

Yaniv: Yeah, I think that’s a very interesting question. So first of all, to sort of qualify, this is not an applied research, so we didn’t test it in the classroom with real material. But rather, we’re trying to flesh out the theory of how curiosity works and how it changes dynamically. And I think that’s really important. But then we also have to do the applied research about adapting this theory now into practice. But I think one of the reasons I started my journey into the research of curiosity was that I used to work as an outdoor educator, and the most basic question we found ourselves thinking about all the time was how to get the audience we were working with, so kids from various backgrounds, how to get them engaged, how to get them to be curious about the things we cared about, which was the outdoors and plants and animals and ecology and being a better citizen for the planet and that sort of thing. And that question was recurring, and we had various mentors and training, and a lot of applied knowledge that passes from one educator to the next about how to get people curious. And this sense that, I mean, I’m sure that teachers and educators know that when students are curious, everything works better, and everyone has their own tricks. It’s a craft to get their audience curious. And there’s this idea that yeah, if you can approach people through something that you know would get them interested, something that speaks to their personal interest already, and you can connect whatever you’re trying to teach to that, that is going to be beneficial. And I think by and large our findings support that. But they also say it has to be connected, and the connection has to be real. The person, the student, has to conceive these as really related or part of the same information-seeking action. These are of one kind because if that doesn’t happen, either the learning won’t occur, or even worse, you’ll have a compensatory effect. So I’m really, really interested in whatever content you started the lesson with, and then the transition into the actual content that we have to learn was so stark that now this comparison is actually going to backfire, I’m less curious about it. I’m more preoccupied with whatever you showed me before. But I think obviously these are speculations based on the basic science that we find. How it works in the classroom. I’m sure is more complicated than that, and I’m actually very interested in delving into how educators are thinking about these topics, because I think there’s a lot of wisdom in the craft that we can pursue as interesting questions when we’re thinking about the next stage of understanding this very human phenomena.

Rebecca: I think you even demonstrated with the kinds of questions that you asked in your study that like some are good hooks and some aren’t, but they can still probably even be in the same domain of information, [LAUGHTER] thinking about how to start something and having a good hook question seems really important and relevant to even how your study works.

Yaniv: Absolutely, and we’ve been staring at these lists of questions forever, trying to formalize what makes a good hook and what makes a satisfying answer versus a dissatisfying answer, and it’s not at all easy to formalize. And what I’m very very happy about is actually one of our reviewers on the paper said, “Look, there’s now all these AI tools, large language models. I’m sure they’d be able to explain what is a satisfying answer and what is a dissatisfying answer. They’d be able to predict it, they have all of human knowledge, all of human language. That’s the solution.” And we did that. We did that with four or five models, even new models at the time. We’re very poor at predicting people’s satisfaction, and I think because of two things. So first of all, they’re models of the whole of human knowledge, so to speak, almost, but not a specific person’s human knowledge, and that was very very important because when we substituted your own personal ratings and judgments for the group average, we couldn’t see your learning anymore. So whatever was your idiosyncratic component in there was very very important. And then the other thing is that it’s still not simple. Not even these fancy models can solve it so simply. So there’s still something interesting and very human and very hard to objectify and to reduce in that curiosity phenomenon. And even though we’re explaining it with a framework of reinforcement learning that we use to explain things like how people study for tests or how rats learn to press levers, there’s still that very interesting and funny and uniquely human essence to it, which remains.

John: So, if we’re successful in provoking curiosity in students in our classes, it may encourage them to delve more deeply into the discipline potentially, but it may not make them more successful in other areas. In fact, it might potentially decrease their curiosity in other unrelated areas, or at least not increase it there. Would that be a fair prediction to take from this study, or is that going a little too far?

Yaniv: I think it’s going a little too far, yes, because another thing that we’re doing as we’re getting them to be curious about whatever it is that we’re teaching is that we’re also teaching them how to seek information, and we do that explicitly. But that’s not the part that we measured in truth about in the study. What we thought about is how people learn the craft of seeking information through trial and error, through the satisfying and dissatisfying bits of information that they encounter after seeking information. So that’s really important, and I think that’s one of the really core skills that we acquire, especially in higher education. I think it applies also to kindergarten: how to seek information, how to identify what you’re interested in and pursue that and help that grow. That’s a very important skill, and crucially, it takes so much learning and information to become a good information seeker and learner. So I think that’s important. I think that backfiring dynamic is more at the level of the single lesson than the material at hand. If you’re dealing with an audience that’s low in motivation and you’re trying to motivate them, then that dynamic of introducing something from far out that doesn’t really connect in their eyes is maybe not going to help you. But I think in general, introducing interesting information from maybe fields that they didn’t realize were interesting is really great for teaching them how to seek information and also teaching people that seeking information is worthwhile. So one of my strongest experiences from undergraduate studies… so I studied psychology in a department where 90% of people wanted to be clinical psychologists. So, starting first-year undergrad, they really didn’t want to hear about statistics. And of course, when you study psychology, statistics is most of what you do. And then you had these 10% of people who thought we’re going to be clinical psychologist, find the statistic class really, really interesting. Some of my friends left the course and switched to studying statistics instead. But something that you didn’t expect is going to be interesting because you didn’t know much about, and because maybe the cultural way it is viewed is negative, find that that is actually interesting. That the structure, that there’s something that you didn’t know about before, that’s a great experience and one of the best things that university education can give you.

Rebecca::One of the things that you’re pointing to is the social context that curiosity takes in a classroom setting that was absent from the study. If you’re answering questions in isolation [LAUGHTER] on a computer, that’s different than in a classroom setting, and maybe some of the expectations or judgments around what is acceptable to be curious about could also be at play in a context where there’s other humans.

Yaniv: Right, completely absent. So we’re still reductionist at heart. We want to study curiosity. We’re not studying social learning, but of course, this all works in tandem on one another, and we know that learning from others, seeing others’ responses to outcomes, is such a strong reinforcer in and of itself. So of course, when you have a whole classroom, that’s going to be really, really important. But it also suggests that you have a really, really strong tool harnessing that social aspect, the fact that students are together. If you can harness it towards making them curious and other human beings is something that we’re very curious about. You can see that manifests as gossip, but it also manifests as caring and any sense of the way about our fellow people around us that share a reality with us. So that’s, of course, something potentially that can be very, very powerful in harnessing and getting people curious, getting people involved. And one of the co-authors on this study,, my fellow mentors, Caroline Marvin, actually taught me a course in mandatory practicum in teaching when I was a graduate student in Columbia. And a lot of these ideas and what we know and don’t know about best practices in teaching, where there’s evidence and where this evidence comes from. So a lot of the best evidence about practices of teaching, as far as I know, I’m not an expert, actually comes from like physicists and chemists and hard STEM people who have really thought about how they teach in class and then done the experiments, rather than from social scientists, humanities, psychologists, where you’d think it’s where it’s at. And of course, there’s a lot of work in those fields as well. But it was striking that so much comes from there that got us thinking about these questions and looking at these questions and looking at the links. But of course, our work is at the basic science level, and we’re in no means experts in this literature on this field of how the applied craft and evidence and science of teaching a class.

John: There’s been a lot of focus in terms of professional development for teachers in emphasizing intrinsic motivation and de-emphasizing extrinsic motivation, and that’s a topic you talk about a bit in the paper. What do your results suggest about the relative importance of intrinsic and extrinsic motivation?

Yaniv: Our results actually suggest that it may not be as useful a dichotomy as we think it is when we look at how people talk about extrinsic and intrinsic motivation. Extrinsic motivation is really easy to identify. If I am telling you you have to pass this test and otherwise you’re failing the course, or I’m going to give you pizza if you read three books, that’s really really easy to identify, and it’s very difficult to know if someone’s intrinsically motivated because that’s inside them. And if you are an outsider observing them, then that’s an unknown for you. But making lists of what is intrinsically motivated versus what is extrinsically motivated doesn’t really teach us a lot about the mechanism. And that’s where a lot of this literature has been at. Let’s like make a long list of intrinsic motivations, and let’s try to encourage those. There’s a very interesting take on this that I like quite a lot from Arie Kruglansky at the University of Maryland, where they analyze this from the frame of what is the goal and what is the means to arrive at that goal. So when we are thinking about extrinsic motivation, they’re separated. So there’s an end and there’s a mean, and they’re separate. So the end is getting praise for my parents, or getting a degree, or getting a good grade, and the means is studying for the exam. But when we’re thinking about stuff that should be intrinsically motivated, really, it’s the means and the ends have become fused. So seeking information in a certain field has already become fused with an end and is an end in and of itself. And the other place that we see that is in habits. So when a habit forms, it’s like the goal and the means to achieve that have become fused. And I think that’s really interesting. Reading or seeking information is now a habit. I’ll be curious even if I don’t have enough evidence to warrant my curiosity, and that is super super useful. And why is it super useful? Because we’re really bad at estimating what would interest us. So it’s kind of easy in trivia questions, but when you think about stuff like what degree to pursue, I had absolutely no idea what psychology was about before I undertook my major in psychology. Really, I didn’t know. I had a complete misunderstanding of the field, and I’ve seen that many times in my education. Something that initially I thought no way I’d be interested in that, or something that I thought I’m actually very interested in that, with a little bit of experience that changes your mind a lot, and being open to that, being open to that little bit of experience, can teach you a lot. Because without that habit of curiosity, you’re going to shut off these potential experiences based on actually very little knowledge, even though you might not be aware of it. Thinking about it as habit is really really important. And thinking about it, how do we form habits? And everything that we know about forming strong habits that applies to smoking could actually apply to being curious.

Rebecca: There’s so much to think about and be curious about. [LAUGHTER] But we always wrap up by asking: “What’s next?”

Yaniv: First thing that is next is really to acknowledge my fabulous collaborators and mentors on this project. So Daphna Shohamy, who was my PhD advisor, and Caroline Marvin, who’s the Dean of General Studies at Columbia, and Chris Baldassano and Jane Mok, who was a research assistant and really helped with collecting all this data. And this was a really fun team to work with. Thinking about what’s next is this is one tidbit of information about how curiosity works. And even in this conversation, we thought about all these factors came out. How does it work in the social domain? What are the boundaries? So what really is an experience here? So do I get these interesting dynamics within a lesson. Do I get it within a degree, within a whole year of experience, a whole three years of experience? Do people ever get satiated and have had enough information seeking because they got a lot of interesting information? We kind of have a feeling that it should exist at some scale. That at some point, we will become overstimulated. That enough is enough. So, really understanding the boundaries of these phenomena, I think, is interesting. And then, of course, thinking about whether any of this could be translated into things that we could actually test in a classroom and see whether different practices change outcomes in terms of curiosity. I think measuring curiosity when we’re doing all these applied research is really an interesting avenue to complement how we’re thinking. Not think only about exam results as an outcome, but also these intermediate cognitive states and is important of them, I think. Curiosity can really inform us about the mechanisms of what works and what doesn’t work, and I think for me personally, I’m really interested in how this interfaces with our well-being. I think being curious, being interested in the world, is you saying the world is good enough, interesting enough, it has enough structure and predictability for me to invest in it. And I think that’s really, really important for our well-being when we’re feeling well and performing well and flourishing. I think that’s an important part of it. But also when we’re not doing that great, when we’re depressed or when we have difficulties, reigniting interest and curiosity in the environment is a really, really important part of being motivated, and I think that’s something that could be researched more in all of these fields.

Rebecca: Well, it sounds like you’re going to be really busy. [LAUGHTER]

Yaniv: Hopefully.

Rebecca: Thanks for joining us. This is a great conversation.

Yaniv: Thank you. Thank you very much for having me. I really enjoyed our talk.

John: Well, thank you, and you’ve left all of us with much to be curious about.

[MUSIC]

John: If you’ve enjoyed this podcast, please subscribe and leave a review on Apple Podcasts or your favorite podcast service. To continue the conversation, join us on our Tea for Teaching Facebook page.

Rebecca: You can find show notes, transcripts and other materials on teaforteaching.com. Music by Michael Gary Brewer.

John: Editing Assistance provided by Madison Lee.

[MUSIC]

462. Classroom Mindscapes

Neurodivergent students bring varied strengths, needs, and ways of thinking to our classrooms. In this episode, Sarah Silverman joins us to discuss teaching strategies that reduce access friction, increase tolerance for error, and create more inclusive learning experiences for everyone.

Sarah is an educator and faculty developer focusing on neurodiversity, disability studies, and inclusive instructional design. She currently teaches disability studies at multiple institutions. Sarah is the author of Classroom Mindscapes: An Introduction to Neurodiversity for Educators, which will be released later this month as part of the Teaching, Engaging, and Thriving in Higher Ed series at the University of Oklahoma Press.

Show Notes

  • Silverman, Sarah (2026). Classroom Mindscapes: An Introduction to Neurodiversity for Educators. Oklahoma University Press
  • Walker, N. (2021). Neuroqueer heresies: notes on the neurodiversity paradigm, autistic empowerment, and postnormal possibilities. Autonomous Press Fort Worth.
  • Transparency in Learning and Teaching (TILT)
  • Price, M. (2011). Mad at school: Rhetorics of mental disability and academic life. University of Michigan Press.
  • Pusateri, Jennifer L. (2026). A Practical Guide to Teaching Neurodivergent College Students. Harvard Education Press.
  • Jennifer Pusateri (2026). Teaching Neurodivergent College Students. Tea for Teaching podcast. Episode 446. May 20
  • Costa, K. (2026). An Educator’s Guide to ADHD. Johns Hopkins University Press.
  • Karen Costa (2026). An Educator’s Guide to ADHD. Tea for Teaching podcast. Episode 429.
  • Autreat

Transcript

John: Neurodivergent students bring varied strengths, needs, and ways of thinking to our classrooms. In this episode, we explore teaching strategies that reduce access friction, increase tolerance for error, and create more inclusive learning experiences for everyone.

[MUSIC]

John: Thanks for joining us for Tea for Teaching, an informal discussion of innovative and effective practices in teaching and learning.

Rebecca: This podcast series is hosted by John Kane, an economist…

John: …and Rebecca Mushtare, a graphic designer…

Rebecca: …and features guests doing important research and advocacy work to make higher education more inclusive and supportive of all learners.

[MUSIC]

Rebecca: Our guest today is Sarah Silverman. Sarah is an educator and faculty developer focusing on neurodiversity, disability studies, and inclusive instructional design. She currently teaches disability studies at multiple institutions. Sarah is the author of Classroom Mindscapes: An Introduction to Neurodiversity for Educators, which will be released later this month as part of the Teaching, Engaging, and Thriving in Higher Ed series at the University of Oklahoma Press. Welcome, Sarah.

Sarah: Thank you so much for having me. I’m really happy to be here.

John: We’re really happy to finally have you on. I follow you on LinkedIn and other places, so it’s nice to actually have a chance to talk to you.

Sarah: Yeah, absolutely.

John: Today’s teas are:… Sarah, are you drinking any tea with us?

Sarah: So, I’m not literally drinking tea at the moment, but I’ve had multiple cups of tea over the past 12 to 18 hours or something. I have to admit I’m more of a coffee person, but I would say it’s more like a 60-40 split of like total consumption towards coffee.

Rebecca: All right. Well, I like that you play on both teams.

Sarah: Yeah, I do play on both teams, [LAUGHTER] and I have to give a shout out to my mom and grandmother who are both big tea fans as well. So if they happen to listen to this, that’s where I got my love of tea from.

Rebecca: Wonderful. My grandmother was a big tea drinker as well.

John: Mine too. Whenever my brother and I were ill as a child, we always had tea we were supposed to drink to cure is somehow… and eventually it worked.

Sarah: Yeah, I think there’s something to that. [LAUGHTER]

Rebecca: Tea is actually one of the very few things that I don’t like when I’m sick. I only like it when I’m very well. I have English breakfast today, John.

John: And I have ginger peach green tea today.

Rebecca: Nice. So, Sarah, we invited you here today to discuss Classroom Mindscapes. Can you talk a little bit about how this book project came about?

Sarah: Sure. So this book project came about, I would say, because of a number of intersecting and kind of colliding interests of mine. So, it helps to say a little bit about my own background, which is that I got my PhD in a STEM field, in biology. It was actually the field of entomology, which is the study of insects. So that’s a fun fact about me. But while I was doing that, I worked at the Teaching and Learning Center that was on the UC Davis campus, the Center for Educational Effectiveness, and I eventually went into that field and worked at a couple of similar places after that. So I became someone who focuses on teaching and faculty development, and I also had another area of interest, which is disability studies, which I was teaching in and researching, and also connecting to some of my own life experiences with neurodiversity. And one of the things I started noticing a couple of years ago is that there’s a huge amount of interest in the subject of neurodiversity in higher education, but not a lot of specific knowledge of the history and context. And I had taught mostly undergrad classes for a while, one part of them was exploring the history of neurodiversity and what this concept meant, and where it came from, and what its relevance is in the larger disability conversation. And I began to think to myself, I think that college teachers would really get a lot out of having a concise overview of this and having some ideas about how they might apply this knowledge to their classroom teaching. So yeah, I think that’s a little bit about how it came about.

Rebecca: That’s a great story

John: For faculty who are somewhat new to this topic, because as you mentioned, there hasn’t been much discussion of this in higher ed until really recently. How do you define neurodiversity, and how does it differ from the concept of neurodivergence?

Sarah: Yes, sure. I’d be happy to talk about that. I guess this is a good opening note for the whole conversation. Since this is kind of an area of special interest of mine, I have a number of details in the book that people might be interested in, and I’ll give good overviews during our conversation, and if you come away from this saying I really want to know more about that, then yeah, definitely check out my book. It has even more detail, more references, different things like that. So anyway, neurodiversity, we could say, describes the fact of cognitive variation in the human population. So it’s a form of variation, and we have many types of diversity or variation in the human population. So all three of us certainly vary in height. We probably have many other things that we vary in, and similarly, cognition varies between all people. And I’ll go with neurodivergence next. Neurodivergence is a concept that came out of the autistic self-advocacy community, and then became broader, which describes people whose cognition does not align with societal norms or what’s typically understood as normal cognition in society, and sometimes also normal behavior or communication in society. So, someone who’s neurodivergent may have one or more traits that, in a given context, distinguish them as different from the majority of people. And like I said, this is a concept that originally came out of autistic people’s self-advocacy, and neurodiversity also came out of that movement. One thing that people often ask me is: “Is neurodiversity real such a neutral idea?” like okay, you know, humans all vary in cognition, or is it more of a positive spin on this idea? And I think both are true in a sense. It can be used in a very neutral way, just the fact of variation. But the context it comes out of is specific enough to give it a slightly different valence, which is that when autistic people first came together in these communities, primarily online in the mid- to late-1990s, autism was one of the most highly stigmatized diagnoses out there, and this community was searching for a way to think about themselves, to talk about themselves that was not entirely based on deficit and considered more strongly what strengths autistic people may have, how they could lead good lives with appropriate support and acceptance, and so neurodiversity did in some ways emerge in that context as a positive spin on human cognitive variation.

Rebecca: So that seems like a nice segue into one of the things that we often hear are some misconceptions about neurodivergent students. Can you talk a little bit about what some of those misconceptions might be?

Sarah: Sure. Yeah, I can tell you some of the ones that I think are the most common or the most notable. First of all, you may have noticed in my previous definition that I didn’t say neurodivergent people have one of these five diagnosed disabilities, or something like that. So neurodivergence is a concept that exists somewhat in contrast to, but at least alongside, the medical diagnostic model of cognitive variation. So it’s true that a lot of faculty may meet, or teach, or work with students who have a specific diagnosis, such as autism or ADHD, learning disability, or dyslexia, but not all neurodivergent students are going to have such a diagnosis, or even be like theoretically eligible for one if they were to pursue a process. So neurodivergence is much more of a kind of a sociological contextual concept than a medical one, and so it is entirely possible that faculty may work with neurodivergent students who don’t really have any sort of medical diagnosis, and because of that, they also may not be always eligible or interested in academic accommodation. So I think that’s a very common understanding or maybe misunderstanding that everyone who’s neurodivergent will have or will require accommodation. I think alongside that, it’s a pretty common misconception that all neurodivergent students have academic difficulties. That’s not absolutely true. It may be more true for some groups of neurodivergent students than others, but a lot of people who are neurodivergent who are in college now, they may have either developed really good coping mechanisms with great support during their K to 12 journey, their neurodivergence also may not manifest in ways that make the academic environment difficult for them. It may be that they are able to exist well within an academic environment, maybe they experience more social challenges or barriers than academic ones. So not all neurodivergent students require accommodations or will struggle academically. Another really common assumption that sometimes people make is that neurodivergent students either cannot work in groups or won’t be very successful in groups, and I think that sometimes becomes a bit of a self-reinforcing loop where faculty will kind of make this assumption and then not design or offer group activities in a way that is going to be inclusive of a lot of different participants, and then sometimes that results in people kind of asking, “Can I be exempted? Can I use my accommodations to not participate in this group assignment?” And so that’s one thing that I would really love to see people rethink, which is this misconception that neurodivergent students have difficulty working with other people as a general rule, and that’s kind of absolute. I think that that’s a pretty bad misconception. Lastly, I think one misconception that I hear a lot as well is that if somebody is noticeably neurodivergent, then that automatically requires some sort of response from the instructor. One of the most common questions I’ll get in my consulting or faculty development work is, “There’s somebody in my class who I think might be neurodivergent. What should I do?” And my first response is usually, “You certainly don’t have to do anything. As far as I understand, everybody who is admitted to your institution is welcome to take your class.” But if what you’re really saying is, “I’m not having success interacting or communicating with a student in my class,” or “I can see that they’re struggling with something,” or that they’re not getting as much out of interactions with their peers as I hope they would. Well, then, yeah, we can work through that. We can come up with some ideas for how to speak to the student and how to find out what they do need. But yeah, it’s not in any way [LAUGHTER] something that needs to be responded to just because you’ve noticed that somebody might be neurodivergent in your class. Those are a couple that have come up a lot in my work.

Rebecca: That’s a really good summary, Sarah. Thanks.

John: And you noted that not all neurodivergent students need accommodations, but some would benefit from those. But they don’t always request accommodations. Why might some neurodivergent students not seek accommodations? And for those students, how might faculty invite them to relay information so that we can address any needs that they have.

Sarah: So I guess I’ll say that first of all, accommodations are a very important tool in many circumstances. They’re obviously legally required in cases where they’re where students are eligible for them, but there’s a lot of areas… I wrote about a couple in my book… that I’ll just summarize quickly. So one reason may be that a person just fears some sort of adverse judgment because of the stigma of their disability. For example, maybe a student’s been judged negatively in the past because of their learning disability during their previous educational experiences, and they might think that was a negative thing in my life. I wonder if I can avoid that by not disclosing a disability to anybody and seeing how I do on my own, something like that. Another, and this I think is going to be increasingly common because we do know that diagnostic rates are going up for many of these diagnoses, is that the knowledge of the disability or form of neurodivergence, it might be new, or the person doesn’t have yet sufficient information about what they will need, and so they may not yet be sure how to advocate for themselves through the disability office. Though that could also apply to advocating for themselves directly to their instructor. For example, I met a student recently who told me that they are neurodivergent and that they recently went through the ADHD diagnostic process, but they just didn’t know what it meant for their academic life, [LAUGHTER] if anything. And so they said, “I know that you mentioned being interested in neurodiversity, so I thought I’d come and chat about it, but I really don’t know how it’s going to impact things. And they said, “Maybe next semester or the one after, after I have some time to process, I’ll meet with disability services to see.” That’s another. There’s also often additional burden in disclosing a disability and going through the accommodations process in terms of time. It takes a lot of time and energy. They may not feel that they want to spend their limited time [LAUGHTER] on this, as time is limited for everyone. And it also may be the case that somebody knows that they’re neurodivergent and just simply has no diagnosis or anything that would qualify them for accommodations. But even so, they may need some kind of flexibility or may benefit from some sort of flexibility. So I think that kind of covers a whole range of reasons someone might not be in contact with a disability office and request accommodations. So yeah, the second part of your question: How might an instructor signal openness to hearing about somebody’s needs or preferences? So, I can tell you a little bit about what I do, which is a little bit colored by my own personal story. Not everybody will be able to do this or will feel comfortable doing it, but I do talk a lot about my own neurodivergence when I teach, and I kind of use that as a segue to suggest to students that they are welcome to talk to me about any access needs or anything that’s going well or not well for them in the course, so I’ll often just kind of model like, “Okay, here’s a little bit about me as a teacher and a learner. Here are some of my own access needs, and just the same way I’m sharing this information with you, if you would like to share similar information with me, it doesn’t have to be about disability or neurodivergence specifically, but anything about what you need to be successful learning in the course, if there are any kind of red zones of like things that you really don’t do well with or would like to avoid.” Another really good one that I try to offer my students is I ask them to tell me how they want to be communicated with and how they want to receive feedback on their assignments, and they’re welcome to change it if that changes. But for example, instead of waiting for someone to hand me an accommodation letter that says I need all communication and feedback in writing, I ask people, “Can you tell me how you would best receive this information?” And I try to provide it to them in that way. I think if you’re not kind of willing to do any kind of self-disclosure or model the sharing of your own access needs, but you are interested in the neurodiversity of your class, it could always be something that you say like, “I’ve been learning more about neurodiversity, either like I read a book or I went to a talk, and I’m really excited about learning more about all of you. If there’s anything that you want to share about like how you’ll learn best in this class or things that I should and shouldn’t do to support you, here’s how you can do that,” and I think that that makes a lot of sense to maybe separate a little bit from the disability accommodation statement that we usually have to put on the syllabus. Just because I never want to step on the toes of the disability services folks, they often, for good reason, have their own specific language that they like to use, and I don’t want to in any way kind of like complicate what it is that they offer, but to also talk more about what I can offer as the instructor, as in like being open to hearing, being open to flexibility, being open to modeling the sharing of access needs. That’s kind of how I approach it.

Rebecca: One of the things that sometimes can be really helpful, I think, for first-year students in particular is actually just describing what the process of going to the disability services office is because it’s different from what they experienced in high school. And so, there’s often such a giant learning curve, and it’s not obvious. Many of them might actually think that their accommodations that they had in high school are just going to kind of carry on, and that somehow that’s continuing in the way that it did through high school.

Sarah: Yeah, I think a lot of college faculty are unlikely to be familiar with this big transition unless they’ve dealt with it themselves or with their kids or someone that they know. But in the K to 12 system, it’s usually the district or the school that’s responsible for identifying students with disabilities and making sure that they’re receiving appropriate services and accommodations, and the responsibility completely shifts to the student themselves in higher education. So their institution is not responsible for identifying them or determining what they need. They have to do all of that advocacy work themselves, and so, of course, certainly they may bring documentation from their high school experience to help support the process, but it’s not a straight through line, I guess you could say, from K-12 to college, and I know that’s why a lot of people who work with neurodivergent young people focus a lot on this transition to independent self advocacy at the college level because it is a pretty major transition.

John: You describe teaching in the neurodiversity paradigm as defined in your book. What distinguishes this approach from other inclusive teaching practices?

Sarah: So I describe like my approach to neurodiversity as teaching in the neurodiversity paradigm. In some ways, to specifically identify my approach as relevant to all students and instructors rather than only about neurodivergent students, and so it’s worth just talking a little bit about what the neurodiversity paradigm is, and then kind of how I apply it to teaching. So the neurodiversity paradigm is kind of like a philosophical approach to neurodiversity that was developed by Nick Walker, who wrote the book Neuroqueer Heresies which is like a pretty foundational text about neurodiversity. But in my book, you can read a paraphrase of it. The basic idea is that human cognitive variation is overall a positive thing. That doesn’t mean that every form of variation is desired or positive for an individual person, but the fact that human cognition varies quite a bit is generally a positive, and that there isn’t a single best or right type of human mind, and there isn’t a single best way to think, behave, or communicate. That’s kind of how I paraphrase it. And so, the way that I try to apply this to teaching is to ask the question: What if we really committed to this in our teaching of saying that there isn’t a single best way to think, behave, or communicate, and what would that do to a lot of our assumptions about how we design courses, how we interact with students, the behavior that we expect of students, all of that sort of thing? So when I talk about teaching in the neurodiversity paradigm, there’s two other concepts that I think are really integral. One is the idea of tolerance for error. This is actually a feature of universal design, not UDL, but the architectural version of universal design. And tolerance for error is really about any kind of design that minimizes adverse consequences for mistakes. So one of the built environment things is that you can pull the lever up or push it down to open a door, or also like when you enter a password or something, it doesn’t automatically lock you out if you type it wrong one time. And I think that this is really useful in my kind of neurodiversity paradigm idea, it’s a really useful thing to apply to the classroom as well. A lot of my experience as a student, I would say, is of a lot of misunderstandings that ended up being viewed by my professor as a not meeting learning outcomes, or even laziness, or things like that. And I think that adopting the idea of tolerance for error might help bring a little bit more humility to misunderstandings and miscommunications that often occur between students and instructors, whether the people involved are neurodivergent or not. So I have a lot of examples of how tolerance for error could work in the book, and then my last concept that I think is really useful is that of access friction, which I’ve also written a lot about in some other venues, access friction is any situation in which there’s a conflict of access needs, and I think this is really relevant to teaching in the neurodiversity paradigm because, first of all, neurodivergence is a kind of concept about how some people’s cognition differs from what the assumed norm is. Not all neurodivergent people have the exact same needs or strengths or challenges, and far from it. Even within a group of all neurodivergent people, there’s probably going to be a conflict of needs that emerges in some way. I think a really common one that I see in the teaching environment is I have taught a lot of autistic students who prefer written communication and are much more successful with written communication. And then I’ve had some students with learning disabilities and specifically dyslexia who struggle a lot with written communication and greatly prefer verbal communication or visual aids or other media. And so those are two neurodivergent students who have contrasting access needs or preferences, or what would be ideal for them. So I also think a lot about how access friction can occur between students and instructors. Instructors themselves often have access needs or constraints on their time or their capacity, and this can also conflict with what students sometimes need. So I say overall, if I had to summarize, all of my teaching in the neurodiversity paradigm ideas are about negotiating difference and understanding between students and students, and students and instructors, rather than viewing neurodivergent students as a group that has challenges that need to be remedied. But it’s kind of a broader picture of recognizing that people do have really different needs and understandings, and that the negotiation of those is to be expected rather than this kind of shock to the system when it has to happen.

Rebecca: One of the things that I’m thinking about as you’re describing both kind of reducing access friction and also increasing error tolerance is what are some of the common ways that folks might approach teaching or teaching strategies that folks use that might be adapted a bit to reduce that friction or to allow for more error?

Sarah: So when we talk about what we’re up to, [LAUGHTER] definitely more about my new access friction work, just as a little preview. So especially for tolerance for error, I like to think a lot about trying to avoid situations in which either format or audience or any kind of one factor can tank the grade or the achievement of the learning outcomes, and there’s no kind of recourse for that. I think that, oftentimes, that can be done with design. I really appreciate approaches like TILT, transparency in learning and teaching. So intentional ways of making sure that the expectations are communicated, or that students have opportunity to clarify them as much as is needed or as is feasible. On the other hand, I think that tolerance for error can often also be achieved on the instructor’s side after the error. I have a really good example of this. I write about it in the book. So a story was told in a kind of research article about the experiences of autistic students, that a student submitted a lab report and they had kind of tried to meet all the expectations of the instructor, but ultimately they got not such a good grade, or they got marked down or feedback in some way that they had misunderstood the audience. So the instructor wanted them to write a scientific lab report to the audience of somebody who does not know anything about the experiment and is going to get all the information they need, and apparently maybe they hadn’t communicated that as clearly to the students. This autistic student who was the subject of the discussion in the article had basically written the lab report with no background information, and when asked, the student said, “Well, I think the most obvious audience of this is my instructor, and he assigned the lab, [LAUGHTER] so he knows all of the background information, and that doesn’t need to be repeated. And in certain spaces that I’ve seen this anecdote discussed, this was viewed as a deficit in perspective taking for the student, so to kind of incorrectly understand that the lab report should be written for a general audience, and to make the mistaken assumption that the audience is the instructor. I think this is an area where tolerance for error could be applied, to kind of say the student actually did recognize an audience quite correctly, in a sense. There was an overlay of the writing instruction here that the instructor did have a different idea of what they were hoping for, but to put it very bluntly, I don’t think anyone did anything wrong. And to suggest that this is going to have a very adverse consequence on the student’s grade, I think that’s like where I would try to apply tolerance for error. It was a difference of understanding that’s reasonable, maybe difficult to have avoided in the first place, and I would want to get away from the idea that that needs to be punished in grade form in some way. And, I don’t know, there’s a number of different responses I could make. If I were the instructor, I would probably go back to the idea of teaching in the neurodiversity paradigm, to just kind of sit and ponder. That’s not how I thought about it, and that’s not how I thought I communicated it. But I do see how they interpreted it, and what could be the positives in that? What could this student be bringing to the assignment that I didn’t anticipate? What strength did they demonstrate by interpreting it in this way, if any? And how do I carry that forward? The answer might be different for every instructor, and someone also might turn around and say, “Okay, I just have to make sure that this doesn’t happen again. I really need them to write for a general audience with appropriate background information.” But what do you do with that incident? Do you say, “Okay, that person wasn’t able to take perspective,” or do you say, “What did they demonstrate in terms of their understanding of the whole assignment.”

John: So transparency in expectations is really important. But when instructors are vague, they should allow students to interpret it in a reasonable way in that case.

Sarah: Right, yeah, that’s one way of putting it. And I’ve written a little bit about this on my blog. But if you are a neurodivergent instructor, I think that the whole concept of transparency, it can be a little bit tricky because one of the base experiences I think of being neurodivergent is that people often interpret what you say in a really different way than what you’re expecting and I’m often taking extra lengths to kind of explain specifically what I mean to other people and so I have less of an expectation, I guess, as an instructor that people will understand what I’m saying or what I want the first time, and I expect a lot of clarification. And I’ve also come to realize over time that people sometimes have completely other factors or information that are affecting their understanding that I don’t have access to, and I can’t change. This is an example that I think I wrote about in the book, but it kind of demonstrates this. I had said to students in a class where they had a discussion board assignment: you don’t need to write in the formal academic style, and you don’t need to use APA citation. That’s not the point of this assignment. The point is something else, to discuss or to offer your own opinion on the readings. But then, even after I had said this a lot of times, I saw some students were still doing it. They were still writing a formal introduction sentence. They were still doing parenthetical citations in the APA reference formatting. I kept thinking about it, and I eventually asked some of them, and I was like, “But did you hear or did you remember that I said you didn’t need to do that?” And they said, “Yeah, but all of our other professors do require it. So it was hard to imagine that you were serious about this, basically.” [LAUGHTER] And that happened with another assignment as well. I don’t remember exactly what it was, but I thought that through, and I said, “Well, they’re right about the fact that this institution does prioritize a certain kind of consistency about policies throughout different courses. This just happened to be one area where I didn’t do the same thing as their instructors, and maybe their prior experiences they had never had an instructor say you can choose what to do in some of these ways, and it felt like the most conservative thing to do to say, “Ah okay, I’ll just do it the way that the other instructors were doing it,” so I didn’t know that that’s how they were thinking about it. Obviously, no one was harmed in the course of this. [LAUGHTER] It’s not that big of a deal, but it’s just one illustration. I find it endlessly interesting to figure out, okay, how did you interpret that, and why? And that helps me update how I communicate in the future.

Rebecca: You provided a few different examples of what to do after something was misinterpreted or just differently interpreted. Can you talk a little bit about some of the proactive strategies instructors can do to put some structures in place that are friendly to a wide variety of audience members?

Sarah: So, if you do end up reading the book, you’ll find out that I kind of am not a big fan of saying, “Okay, well, there’s these clear strategies that are definitely going to work.” I tend to phrase things into the buckets of like an area to check. Like, here’s a certain phenomenon in the classroom where you might want to check out the design and what’s going on here a little bit more closely. And one of the models of that that I really like is the idea of a kairotic space, and Margaret Price introduced me to that term in her book, Mad at School. And chirotic is a way of saying something that is very dependent on time in a certain sense, because kairos is the like classical rhetorical concept of being at the right time, and she kind of defines kairotic spaces in the classroom as either things that are rapidly unfolding, or highly social, or high stakes, or potentially all at the same time, and I think that those types of activities are really good places to do further analysis of how they might be impacting neurodivergent students or groups that contain neurodivergent and neurotypical students. So any activity that is designed to be highly social or where the highly social element is considered a benefit of it, this may not work the same way for all students, including maybe some neurodivergent students. And it might be interesting to think about building in options for that kind of situation that is highly social. For example, if you’re imagining it will be fun for students to spontaneously meet with a group of their peers and to share about themselves, or share what they did over the weekend, or share where they come from, to kind of think about: okay, might there be a range of prompts that people can answer, might there be a range of formats in which they could answer? Could they share something in text form or not in a verbal form? Could people opt to do that in just a pair of two rather than a group of four or five? Could somebody opt to do that in a quieter space instead of in a space where everybody’s talking all at the same time. I think another area to check that’s somewhat similar is any kind of very rapidly unfolding activity where either something is timed, like there’s timers going off and cutting people off, or where people have a very limited amount of time to answer a question or do a task. The reason that I mention this in the context of neurodivergence specifically is that a lot of neurodivergent people process certain kinds of information at slower or sometimes faster speeds, depending on what it is. For example, like there’s a number of autistic people who process verbal information more slowly, and I think people with certain kinds of learning disabilities may also process some kinds of information more slowly, and so kind of building flexibility into how much time people have for something, whether they can have time at home to process the information that’s going to be needed within the class session, or transition it into a different format that works well for them. I think that’s really great, and then I think as well to consider whether some of these types of activities have to be as high stakes as you originally think. I call this sometimes highly layered activities where something is both highly social and rapidly unfolding and high stakes all at the same time, when it doesn’t necessarily have to be that way. So the idea of giving students experience with working as a team with other students, it doesn’t have to be 50% of their grade [LAUGHTER] or 30% of their grade to get that experience. Working collaboratively doesn’t have to be with four or five other people; it could be with one other person. And to kind of think like, how can you pull different levers to make something into more of a learning and practice experience than a high-stakes everything that’s hard all combined at the same time. I think that that could be an area to further investigate if you are teaching neurodivergent students or you’re interested in responding to neurodiversity more in your practice. So I know that’s not like a checklist, but a checklist perspective doesn’t align with how I think so much. So those are just like some areas that I would investigate further.

John: So there are some areas where things that work well for some students won’t work as well for other students, and I think what you’re saying is that we can’t just come up with these hard and fixed rules that’ll work for every group of students. We have to somehow negotiate these things. But one of the areas where there’s often some challenges for students that are neurodiverse is when classroom participation is part of the grade in some way, because some students are much more comfortable with some forms of classroom participation than others. What sort of strategies might work to provide a balance that would work for most of the students in terms of class participation?

Sarah: So I’m a big fan of offering multiple options for participation. I think that a reasonable person could differ from me in saying I want students to participate in certain ways, at least some of the time. I generally don’t mind if students exclusively participate via text or discussion board and if they don’t speak in class, some people do, and I think that it’s reasonable to say, okay, I want to build an environment in which people have structured on ramps, I call them, to participating in class verbally. But generally speaking, to say there’s multiple ways to participate, and those can be chosen from to a certain extent is a really great start, I think as well, beyond the kind of like counting up how many times people participate. You mentioned the idea of like faculty perceptions of student class participation. It may be interesting for faculty to expand what they perceive as successful class participation, and one category I hear a lot about when people talk about their neurodivergent students is actually what they refer to as quote too much participation versus not enough. It’s a pretty common story that I’ll hear, someone will say, “There’s a neurodivergent student in my class, and they raise their hand all the time, and I think that actually maybe there’s other students who would like to participate, but maybe they’re not taking the opportunity because this person talks a lot.” And I kind of go back to the neurodiversity paradigm ideas again as well, which is okay, like first, can we start by saying what strengths is this person demonstrating? What are they offering? Somebody told me at first. I was thinking about how to get this person to stop raising their hand, but then I realized I go to sleep at night wishing my students would participate more [LAUGHTER] and that they would be as passionate and engaged. So I think I have to start from there. If the balance of who’s speaking in my class isn’t quite working, to not start from the perspective of I don’t like how much this person is participating, but I’m really glad that they’re so enthusiastic, and I’m grateful for their presence. So now I want to think about how I can encourage the participation of everybody in the class. Maybe think about is there a way that I want to balance the voices that are present, the modality of the participation, all those sorts of things. I am also a big fan of creating opportunities to record and get out a lot of questions. So I am probably one of those people who participates like a little bit too much [LAUGHTER] sometimes. So like the idea of having a question parking lot so you can put as many questions in here as you want, and as the instructor, I will get to as many as I can. Maybe I’ll review and summarize them and respond to a couple at once, and above all, to talk explicitly about what you’re doing as a facilitator. Say, I’m trying to encourage as many people to participate in the following ways. I’m going to be facilitating the conversation by moving on from certain points because I have areas of content I want to cover. But just kind of externalizing that, I think, is also really great.

Rebecca: It sounds to me like a lot of the strategies that fit into this neurodiversity-informed teaching approach could be really beneficial to all students. Is that the idea?

Sarah: Yeah, I think so. I think part of the way that I frame everything is that neurodiversity includes everybody, so it doesn’t include just neurodivergent people, and so a lot of the strategies that I introduce are aimed, I would say, a little bit less at things that specifically target neurodivergent students and more about coexistence and negotiation between large diverse groups of people. And that is not to suggest that there aren’t wonderful resources for supporting neurodivergent students. I think you’ve actually had some people on the podcast who have written really wonderfully about that. Specifically, Jennifer Pusateri just had a new book come out supporting neurodivergent students. Karen Costa’s book about ADHD learners was really great. There’s a couple books I have on my bookshelf about supporting autistic college students. Those are all really, really great. I think the approach I wanted to take a little bit more here was okay, but it’s never just one neurodivergent student or a group of all people with the same needs. It’s a pretty complex mix of people, including the instructor, and so that’s kind of the approach that I take more in the book.

Rebecca: I do think that’s something that we hear from faculty a lot is like, how do I balance all these like really different needs? So it’s certainly a resource that I think people are hungry for.

Sarah: Okay, that’s great to hear.

John: You’ve already hinted at this a little bit, but could you tell us about what’s next?

Sarah: So, as I hinted at earlier, I’m really interested in the concept of access friction, which is the conflict between different sets of access needs you could say. So, I’m working on a whole new book project just about access friction, and it will hopefully be published with the same press in the same series. So that’s exciting. And in that book, I’m really going to kind of explore and theorize and research instances of access friction in the classroom, a focus on higher ed pedagogy, and really think about the specific steps we can take to balance different needs in the classroom. So I’ll be answering or hoping to answer all sorts of interesting questions, such as: Is there an inclusive strategy or set of them that truly does include everybody? And even taking a little bit more of a curious and critical perspective on the idea of inclusive teaching strategies themselves, I think that what I’m hoping to do with further research on access friction is, in some ways, just give voice and give name to a phenomenon that I know that a lot of people have experienced [LAUGHTER] some time in their teaching journey, but not really knowing exactly what to do with. And I’m like really happy to be working more deeply on that topic, and I guess I should also say it’s very connected to neurodiversity for me because of the fact that neurodiversity and neurodivergence refers to a coalition of people, kind of a group of people who may share that their cognition differs a little bit or a lot from social norms or expectations of society, but not that everybody has the same needs.[LAUGHTER] And just going back to my interest in neurodiversity history, some of the first events that the autistic community put together-one was called Autreat, like retreat,[LAUGHTER] but autistics for retreat. So you can look back at some of the writings about that and just see some of these advocates noting that even in a retreat that was only for autistic people, they experienced significant disagreement and friction over how it should be run, how it could be accessible to all people, and so this has been a through line of Classroom Mindscapes, and so I’m hoping to just kind of expand on that a little bit more. And my other thing that’s next, I’ve been currently both leading and also just participating in a lot of discussion about instructor interest in lower tech teaching or taking technology away from classroom interactions, probably spurred by increasing AI use and penetration [LAUGHTER] of the whole teaching community. And so I’ve been really interested in how that can align with accessibility commitments and interest in accessibility.

John: As we were going through this, I was noting this is one of the few podcasts we have where AI did not come up right until then. [LAUGHTER]

Sarah: Well I had to get in in. Yeah.

John: But it did, yeah.

Rebecca: It always does. These sound like some really great projects. I’m looking forward to seeing where they lead.

Sarah: Yeah, thank you.

John: I’m looking forward to getting my copy of your book, which should be coming out later this month, and also looking forward to future conversations about access friction and other things. And in general, that’s just an incredibly good book series for people in higher ed.

Rebecca: Thank you so much for joining us.

Sarah: Yeah, thank you so much for the invitation. I really enjoyed meeting and talking with both of you.

John: Thank you.

[MUSIC]

John: If you’ve enjoyed this podcast, please subscribe and leave a review on Apple Podcasts or your favorite podcast service. To continue the conversation, join us on our Tea for Teaching Facebook page.

Rebecca: You can find show notes, transcripts and other materials on teaforteaching.com. Music by Michael Gary Brewer.

[MUSIC]

460. The Problem with Grades

Traditional grading systems encourage students to focus on final grades, sometimes at the expense of learning. In this episode, Jessamyn Neuhaus, Ashley Cambareri, and Cole Bailey discuss challenges associated with traditional and alternative grading systems.

Jessamyn is the Director of the Center for Teaching and Learning Excellence and Professor in the School of Education at Syracuse University. She is an historian and editor of Teaching History: A Journal of Methods. Jessamyn has published extensively in scholarly publications in the areas of history, pedagogy, and cultural studies. She is a recipient of the SUNY Chancellor’s Award for Teaching. Jessamyn is the author of several books, including Geeky Pedagogy: A Guide for Intellectuals, Introverts, and Nerds Who Want to be Effective Teachers, Snafu Edu: Teaching and Learning When Things Go Wrong in the College Classroom and she is the editor of Picture a Professor: Interrupting Biases about Faculty and Increasing Student Learning. Ashley graduated in May as an honors student with a degree in Inclusive Elementary and Special Education from the School of Education at Syracuse University, and will begin her new job as a 5th-grade teacher this September. Cole is a student in the Renée Crown Honors Program at Syracuse University, studying International relations. Ashley and Cole were students in Jessamyn’s Honors class on “Problems with Grades.”

Show Notes

Transcript

John: Traditional grading systems encourage students to focus on final grades, sometimes at the expense of learning. In this episode, students share their reactions to and experiences with traditional and alternative grading systems.

[MUSIC]

John: Thanks for joining us for Tea for Teaching, an informal discussion of innovative and effective practices in teaching and learning.

Rebecca: This podcast series is hosted by John Kane, an economist…

John: …and Rebecca Mushtare, a graphic designer…

Rebecca: …and features guests doing important research and advocacy work to make higher education more inclusive and supportive of all learners.

[MUSIC]

Rebecca: Our guests today are Jessamyn Neuhaus, Ashley Cambareri, and Cole Bailey. Jessamyn is the Director of the Center for Teaching and Learning Excellence and Professor in the School of Education at Syracuse University. She is an historian and editor of Teaching History: A Journal of Methods. Jessamyn has published extensively in scholarly publications in the areas of history, pedagogy, and cultural studies. She is a recipient of the SUNY Chancellor’s Award for Teaching. Jessamyn is the author of several books, including Geeky Pedagogy: A Guide for Intellectuals, Introverts, and Nerds Who Want to be Effective Teachers, Snafu Edu: Teaching and Learning When Things Go Wrong in the College Classroom and she is the editor of Picture a Professor: Interrupting Biases about Faculty and Increasing Student Learning. Ashley graduated in May as an honors student with a degree in Inclusive Elementary and Special Education from the School of Education at Syracuse University, and will begin her new job as a 5th-grade teacher this September. Cole is a student in the Renée Crown Honors Program at Syracuse University, studying International relations. Ashley and Cole were students in Jessamyn’s Honors class on “Problems with Grades.”
Welcome, Ashley and Cole, and welcome back, Jessamyn.

Jessamyn: Thank you for having us

Ashley: Yeah, thank you.

Cole: Happy to be here. Thank you.

John: Thank you all for joining us. Today’s teas are:… Jessamyn. Are you drinking any tea?

Jessamyn: No, I forgot, like a noob… [LAUGHTER]

Rebecca: What?

Jessamyn: You’d think this is my first time [LAUGHTER] I know. I totally forgot.

John: One of our most frequent guests… [LAUGHTER]

Jessamyn: [LAUGHTER] Nope, nothing.

John: Okay, Ashley?

Ashley: Yes, I’m not drinking tea currently, but with it being the summer, I’ve been drinking lots of iced tea, and my mom likes to make iced tea, and so I’ll use her iced tea and add like peach juice or some mint sprigs. So I’ve been drinking a lot of tea, but not right now.

Rebecca: So fancy iced tea.

Ashley: Yes, I like to make it a little bit fancy. [LAUGHTER] Yeah.

John: And Cole, are you drinking any tea?

Cole: Currently drinking coffee.

Rebecca: There’s one in every crowd, Cole. [LAUGHTER]

John: At least one.

Rebecca: Yeah. [LAUGHTER]

John: And Rebecca?

Rebecca: I have Zen today. I have Zen. [LAUGHTER]

John: That’s not like you. [LAUGHTER]

Rebecca: That’s not like me. [LAUGHTER]

John: Today I have a Darjeeling tea.

Rebecca: See, we’re both switching it up a little, John.

John: We are.

Rebecca: We’ve invited you all here today to discuss your honors class on “Problems with Grades.” Can you tell us a little bit about this one-credit SSAMYN: Sure. There were eight students total. We met once a week. It was a one credit class. The students came from a variety of profirst-yeara range of where they were in terms of their degree completion. Cole was a first year student, and we had some all through seniors, and like Ashley, who graduated. We had a primary text. We used Joshua Eyler’s book Failing Our Future: How Grades Harm Students and What We Can Do About It.

Rebecca: We know that book. It’s a great one. [LAUGHTER]

John: And you recently all presented on this at a conference. Where was that conference?

Jessamyn: That was the Grading Conference. It happens virtually every year, and we did a student panel reflections on the course, and I thought it went really, really well. I have been really pleased to facilitate more student voices in the conversations about grading, and I’ll pass the mic to Ashley and Cole if they have anything to add about the conference.

Ashley: Yeah, sure. I really enjoyed the conference. I think it was a great opportunity to talk about the class and really get more holistic thoughts on the class and kind of get to summarize my feelings, my thoughts, and share with people who are really interested in grading and grading reform. So I really enjoyed the experience of just kind of getting to chat with a couple of my classmates and with Professor Neuhaus and share our experience.

Cole: I agree with that. I really enjoyed the conference as well because I can confidently say that Professor Neuhau’s class was one of my favorites, or probably my favorite class I took my entire freshman year. Definitely a highlight. So being able to reflect on that with my peers was definitely a good experience.

John: And we saw reference to that, and we wish we were there, but we weren’t able to attend that conference this year.

Rebecca: I’m really curious, Cole and Ashley, how did you end up in this class? Is it one that you chose or one that you were required to take?

Ashley: Yeah, I can start with that. Yeah, so as honors students, we are required to take a certain number of honors credits. Being in my senior year, I had kind of saved some of my honors credits for my last year. I had a semester at the end where I kind of had some wiggle room. Throughout my other semesters, I was an education major, so studying to be a teacher. So I had a lot of field experience and stuff like that that I needed to get into my schedule. So I had a few credits left in that last semester that I needed to take care. So I was looking for little one-credit honors classes, and “Problems with Grades” was one of them. And as an education major, it felt almost like a no brainer to take that class. So I was really excited to be able to do that. So it’s kind of voluntary, but also we’re required to take certain honors classes, but we get to pick and choose which ones we do based off what fits in our schedule, so this is one that I definitely intentionally chose based off of the subject and my interest in it and its relevance to my future.

Rebecca: How about you, Cole?

Cole: This was a chosen class, not like required. Well, yeah, the honors college requires you to take some. I was looking for a class, and I just saw the description. I thought it was really interesting. I remember I was questioning whether I should do it or not because I really had a small window of time between this class and the following, like a 10-minute window to get across campus. But I made it work, and I’m really happy I made it work because this was a great experience.

John: What were the learning outcomes for the course? What was the primary focus of the class?

Jessamyn: We had three stated learning outcomes. First, the way I phrase it is: at the end of the course, students will be able to successfully: 1. summarize the historical origin of letter grades and describe several types of alternative grading systems; 2. explain some of the specific ways that traditional grades can create obstacles to learning in school settings; and 3. articulate the meaning of grades in defining and shaping your own education, including reflecting on your experiences with collaborative grading in this seminar.

REBECC: I know we’ve talked about this on the podcast previously, but can you remind us of that recent history of the traditional grading system? And then I’m really curious to hear how students responded to learning that history.

Jessamyn: Okay, so I didn’t know there was going to be a pop quiz [LAUGHTER] here on the… [LAUGHTER]

Rebecca: Sorry.

Jessamyn: historical. [LAUGHTER] The historical origin of letter grades actually ended up being… and this was on me… it ended up being the least kind of addressed one in the class. Joshua Eyler does discuss it in his book briefly, and because it turned out the basic takeaway and the one that really benefited our discussions the most was just the understanding that it had been fairly recent and tied very closely to standardization, rating, and ranking, and that there wasn’t something kind of inherently, like I always said, they weren’t inscribed on tablets of stone and handed down by God, this is the way we should do it. There is a history of it, and for me, it really struck me that it was like teaching history of popular culture in that something that all of us had taken for granted, all of us had experienced in one way or another, but had never really critically examined kind of the roots and causes of it. But I’ll pass the mic to Ashley and Cole and see what their perspectives are.

Ashley: Yeah, I think the thing that stood out to me the most while we were reading Joshua Eyler’s book was learning a little bit more about that history and learning that the history really came from a system that was originally used to rank students and figure out kind of where they were against each other. So rather than seeing, okay, how effectively are they learning the outcomes? How effectively are they accomplishing what we need them to accomplish? Or how on target are they with where they should be at this grade level? It was really to see like who’s number one and who’s at the bottom, type of thing. So I think it was fascinating to me to see that we’ve used this system that was used to rank students as the same system we’re using to determine how well students are learning the content. I think it’s interesting to really see that we’re kind of misusing it a little bit to figure out, like, okay, how well is the student learning the content? That’s not what it was originally about. So I think looking at the alternative grading systems, it really showed me how much our original system wasn’t made to actually understand where students are at academically.

Cole: Yeah, just like Ashley said, just through the book, I definitely learned a lot about alternative forms of grading. Well, I mean that’s what it was mainly about, but the whole concept how the current education system kind of pits students against one another, really just makes you wonder: like, is it truly for the student, or is it like for the number? And because of that, I definitely did enjoy this book, but I also enjoyed the discussions we had about it.

Jessamyn: What Cole just said was definitely something that came up repeatedly when we were discussing grading, and when students were discussing their own experiences with grading, and was something I hadn’t really expected, but was how frequently they talked about just like Cole said, for being pitted against each other and in competition when we know just as human beings, how much more we can learn when we feel safe and supported in the learning environment. So that was definitely an unexpected thing that I heard from students. Another unexpected and really heartening thing that I heard from students as they reflected on their experiences with grading, is that the potential harms of traditional grading really and truly can be mitigated, if not eliminated, at least reduced, by good course design and effective teaching practices. And conversely, the harms of traditional grading can be really exacerbated by poor course design, lack of communication, lack of trust with faculty members. The takeaway I really got about students’ grading experiences was that they can be very harmful, but that a lot of effective teaching practices really do reduce the harms that students experience.

John: You’ve mentioned a little bit about students’ reactions to the grading systems as being overly competitive. Could you tell us a little bit about how students reported their past experience with grading systems leading up to this course? Had they experienced alternative grading systems prior to this?

Jessamyn: So let me just frame it. These are very high-achieving honors students, so as a group, they had enjoyed a lot of success in academic settings, including earning very high grades. But they were readily able to identify ways that traditional grading had caused them and their peers and their friends a lot of stress, especially in terms of mental health and self-esteem, and created obstacles to a sense of classroom community and obstacles to their own learning. One thing I didn’t expect was how quickly students could identify how early grades start to have an impact on their experiences in school. Correct me if I’m wrong, Cole and Ashley, but I think everybody talked about becoming aware of grades very early in elementary school.

Ashley: Yeah, I think that’s definitely something that I spoke about a lot in the class. I talked a lot about my experiences in later elementary school. It really, for me, started in around fifth grade, I think. That was when I didn’t make the cutoff for advanced math, and I was really upset about it. And I saw a lot of my friends were in advanced math, and I was put in regular math, and I was constantly getting really good grades in regular math, and like really hoping that I would be in advanced math. And of course, now a little bit of a more grown age, I understand that I put a pressure on me that I didn’t need to have there, and really, as I grew into high school, I kind of realized that as long as I was learning and learning in a way that was efficient for me, I didn’t need to be stressing myself out over these extremely high-level courses. And I think with that was the stress of grades and making sure that I was getting grade in the ’90s and seeing that if I got a grade in the ’80s on my science test in sixth grade, I came home crying. Those are things that my mom would really try to say. Like, this is not about you. It might just be that your teacher needs to reframe the way that she’s teaching, or that there’s just maybe one concept that you’re having a little bit of a difficult time understanding. It’s not a reflection of who you are as a learner, or putting that pressure on myself, and then also in middle school I was really struggling with the competition aspect of it, and watching my friends get grades that were higher than mine, or having teachers who kind of pitted us against each other and made us feel like we had to compete for good grades. So I think the traditional grading system definitely put that weight onto me and onto many of my peers, of: “okay, you need to make this benchmark or else you’re not a good student type of thing.” So I think we talked a lot about alternative grading that kind of takes that stress off of getting a number grade that defined exactly how well you learned, and rather having it be a more formative process, more throughout the unit or throughout whatever you’re learning about. “Okay, let’s check in at this point, or check in at this point, or let’s use these standards and see how well you’re meeting each standard and how we can further your learning and get you to the place that you need to be.” Rather than “we’re at the end of the unit, here’s your grade. This shows how well you learned it or how well you didn’t.”

Cole: I agree with that. I’m pretty sure I mentioned this in class at some point, but up until third grade, I went to a school that specialized first with students with a dyslexia and ADHD. And it was after that summer I transitioned to a regular, I guess, public school in my local area. And I remember at a very young age having to do a bunch of extra work trying to keep up with my peers, especially in high school, it was very competitive because I started taking AP classes, and you could definitely see the difference –not just in the coursework, but also with the students taking the classes. Like some students were quite braggadocious about being in a higher-level class, but overall, I do think the current grading system definitely can be toxic.

Rebecca: It’s interesting when I’m listening to both of you talk because I have a daughter who’s just leaving third grade and headed into fourth grade, and I’m hearing some of these same kinds of things like bubble up in her world too because they’re receiving graded materials back, but interestingly, the school itself uses a four-point system, like exceeds, meets, approaches kind of a model for actual course grades that are submitted on a report card. But there’s still an understanding of this desire for like 100% It’s interesting, some of the same feelings that you’re talking about her in her life too.

Ashley: Yeah, absolutely. I also just want to add onto that a little bit of the feelings of your daughter. I think I felt that a lot in school too, as I said. And now going into a teaching career, I think understanding that it’s your job to meet students where they are and find the way of learning that works best for them. Because I think with this traditional grading system, it works great for some people. Some students are able to exceed expectations consistently, but then there’s other students who it’s not that they’re not smart or not capable of learning. It’s just that they might not learn in that way, and that evaluation doesn’t reflect all the learning that they have done along the way. So I think now going into a career of teaching and understanding that it’s my job to make sure that my students don’t feel like learning isn’t for them because learning is for everybody. So it’s the weird time to be in elementary school and kind of figuring out this whole grading situation and that you’re really being evaluated so heavily.

Jessamyn: Sorry, not sorry for that, Ashley… [LAUGHTER] putting all these thoughts in your head. And everybody talked about this at one point or another, the way that they experienced traditional grading as a system where it was wrong and bad to make mistakes, and that learning, which is so contrary to what learning actually requires, which is making mistakes, and as very high achieving students at a very high-achieving institution, that was pretty mind-blowing, and they identified very readily that making mistakes should be part and parcel of how you’re assessed. But with the traditional grading system, they often felt like they couldn’t make a mistake.

John: One of the things that seemed to come up in the comments there was that the traditional grading system led to a focus on getting the highest grades without as much concern for the learning. Is that the sort of perception that was common in the class?

Jessamyn: Yeah, I think so. And interfering with learning, and also I say interfering with being able to reflect on and even enjoy learning, that that got lost pretty quickly. I remember one student, we were talking in class, all of us together when we met for our midterm grading conference. He was a junior, and he said he couldn’t remember ever having had an opportunity to reflect and articulate exactly how successful he’d been in learning and what he wanted to keep learning and how he was doing in the class. And all of us agreed it was quite bizarre that you could become a junior in college and never remember having a chance to honestly articulate “Here’s how my learning is going. Here’s things I’m interested in. Here’s where I want to do a little better.” So, interfering in that way with the process of learning.

Ashley: I think Professor Neuhaus really summed it up pretty well. I think we did a lot of talking about how our learning processes were really reflective of just focusing on the end result and a grade, and just kind of making it through a lot of the time throughout elementary school, middle school, high school, and how that was really the emphasis placed often by just the grading system and what we were learning.

Rebecca: I’m curious whether or not the conversations that you were having around grading just even changed your perception of what was happening in your classes during that semester.

Ashley: Yeah, for sure. I can speak to this a little bit. I was in a lot of classes and my education classes were often based off of projects or watching our observations of us teaching, and more grading based off of what they were seeing of our learning, rather than an exam or more traditional grades. But I did have a couple classes that semester that were graded based off of here’s what we’re learning, here’s a lecture, here’s your homework assignment, here’s your test, and yeah, I think as I’ve gotten older, I think those types of classes I have more of an awareness of what works and what doesn’t for me, and if it’s a subject that I find comes easily to me, then those classes are totally fine. I can listen to the lecture, I can do the assignments, I can take the test, and I’m fine. But if it’s a subject that I’m not as interested in and doesn’t come as easily to me, then it’s detrimental to my mental state. Like in high school, I was taking math classes that were really hard and that just didn’t work for me. I was constantly struggling, and yeah. So I think throughout my college classes, I definitely saw like, okay, am I doing this for the end result of an A, or am I doing this and actually learning the material? So our “Problems with Grades” class definitely helped me reflect and see how much did I learn in this class versus how much did I not learn and just do the assignments and accomplish those tasks to get the end result grade.

Cole: Often I would reflect on what we discussed in class, like in my following course, which was like 10 minutes after. And this was a very traditional course. It was the slideshows and lectures, and I would look around the lecture hall and twice a week, constantly, people are just always just doing anything but taking notes, or maybe just jot down like two sentences every like 10 minutes. But it really had me thinking, like, is this really the most efficient way to teach this class? And I would always circle back to that thought. But yeah, this class definitely did allow me to like broaden my skill of thinking.

Jessamyn: Cole, you also had an interesting experience. You wrote about it on LinkedIn. You had an interesting experience where, towards the end of the semester, in another class, a grade had been entered incorrectly. Do you want to tell a little bit about that?

Cole: Yeah, [LAUGHTER] very frustrating. I’ll say that. So, we had three exams over like the whole semester, and my professor put in like the questions that I entered into a calculator for the exam three, and because like the questions like reoccur on the final exam, I got those questions right. But overall, I just like bombed it. I was like, how did I get this awful of a grade? I didn’t even remotely get close to passing this. But yeah, I sent an email within the week after getting it, and then he got back to me. The professor just said it was his mistake for answering this wrong, and explained how he did it. But at the end of the day, I was happy that I actually did get like a desirable score. But it did make me wonder: how do you just end up putting in like the wrong test into your grading rubric? Was there a lack of organization there? I don’t know. I just think about that sometimes.

Jessamyn: Well, how incredibly high stakes it was. So everybody makes mistakes sometimes, including professors, including on the learning management system. But it’s when it’s so high stakes and it means so much, o ne little wrong entry has this really devastating ripple effect, and I think that story really illustrates an important takeaway that I saw a lot of the students leave the class with is that I felt like a lot of them left more empowered in their academic setting, a little more cautious about measuring their own and others’ academic success and learning solely in terms of grades, but in Cole’s case, this is the system – it’s the grades. But being a little more empowered and understanding more about where grades came from hopefully will help the students like Cole who are still in college navigate those kinds of issues around grades with a little more agency.

Rebecca: It’s interesting, right? That sometimes grades can feel like they’re done to you. In the case of like an error, it’s like a grade done to you, and then you feel helpless or powerless, and like, how did this happen? Or you feel maybe like you’re unworthy or something like that, and don’t feel empowered to ask about it or to question it. We just kind of accept it because we treat it as like an authority. So, good for you for raising the question and not just accepting it. Hopefully, we can get more students to be empowered to ask a question if it’s unclear or unaware. Because I think these mistakes do happen sometimes, and it causes a lot of anxiety and stress, but also can cause inaction if students internalize that grade.

Jessamyn: Yeah, and from the faculty side, I mean, talk about stress. We’re so stressed out at the end of the term. If you’re grading a bunch of high-stakes exams, that’s stressful, not just for students, but for you. And I told them at the beginning of the semester, this is a class I’ve been dying to teach for a long time, because for years now I’ve been frustrated at the end of the semester entering final grades, and for a wide range of reasons. Sometimes I’d enter a final grade and be like, “Wow, this just doesn’t really reflect what I think happened for good and for ill. Like, no, I know this student learned and flourished and did a lot of important things. The grade doesn’t reflect that. I know this student was coasting through or was just jumping hoops. Did they really learn? Did I change anything about anything for them going forward? So there was a lot of frustration on my part, and then that high- stakes part. When a student comes to your office, when a student tells you that a bad grade is a huge flippin’ deal, they are not exaggerating. It defines who they are as students in so many ways for themselves and for others, and that is stressful not just for students but for us.

Ashley: Yeah, I also think coming, more from the student perspective, it is really jarring to not know where you’re at academically. Like I think for Cole receiving that grade. He was like, “Wait, this doesn’t make sense. But also, maybe it’s correct,” and the possibility that “okay, wait, maybe this is right,” and like maybe accepting that you didn’t know nearly as much about the subject or nearly as much about the class as you thought you did is a very jarring concept. I think finding out at the end, like, oh, according to whatever grading system my teacher is using. I didn’t meet the standards. I didn’t meet the expectations. It does take a toll on you mentally and makes you feel like, “man, what did I do wrong?” When in reality, if you use more of a system that evaluates students throughout the process and helps students understand where they’re at each step of the way, then you won’t end up at the end feeling like, “Whoa, wait! I thought I knew a lot about this topic, and I actually apparently don’t know anything.” [LAUGHTER]

Cole: I think Ashley summed it up tremendously. For that week, I think my professor was on vacation or something following the end of term, so it took like a few days for him to get back. And I remember those few days, I just couldn’t sleep. I was terrified because it dropped my GPA more than I’d want. And I will say this wasn’t one of my easier classes. I did have to put in a lot of extra work for this course, but to see like a grade that jarring just plummeted my hopes. And I remember I was visiting my brother in Canada at the time, and he would want to go out and do stuff. And I was like, I got to get this figured out before we do anything.

John: So, in this class, you explored a variety of alternative grading systems. What were some of the other grading systems that were discussed? How did students react to them, and had they ever experienced those in earlier classes?

Jessamyn: Yeah. So, in addition to Eyler’s book, students chose two scholarly articles to read. I gave them a huge long list because there’s been a lot of work published in the field on research on grading. In those articles, we looked specifically at specifications grading, standards-based grading, and what the authors termed ungrading. And then we also read some of Eyler’s discussions about some of those systems. I think that students were very interested, surprised that these existed. Most hadn’t experienced any type of alternative grading, although a few people had a few isolated instances. I will say though that in a way that really filled their professors’ heart with pride, they brought the same critical lens to alternative grading, and some of them could get so complicated so quickly, and some of the scholarly articles about alternative grading just get so complex. So students raised, like Jesse Stommel says, ungrading is raising a critical eyebrow at traditional grading practices, and students brought that same kind of raised eyebrow to alternative grading as well.

Ashley: Yeah, I think it was definitely a lot to take in with all the new grading systems that we looked at, and it’s kind of a mind warp when you’ve been graded the same way for your entire education to understand that there are other ways. But it was also interesting to see like where in my educational past I had these little hints of alternative grading. So, like, I had, in one of my college courses, a professor who did use a more standards-based grading approach, and we would do a task, and it was more like, “How well are you hitting these specific standards and stuff like that?” But ultimately, when you’re going to and attending a university that uses a GPA scale of 4.0, etc. you do have to eventually have a grade put in. So as much as we were learning about these grading systems, we were still graded traditionally. But I think I had little peeks of standards-based grading, and just really thinking about how these alternative grading practices focus on the process of learning and not the outcome. I think that was the main difference I saw was that our traditional grading system focuses on an outcome and penalizes the process of trying and failing. So we see failing as being a bad thing. You didn’t learn what you were supposed to learn when in reality to reach the specific outcome you need to try and fail sometimes. So I think my first reaction to the alternative grading was that it allowed for and encouraged the process of trying, even if you might have ended up failing and not accomplishing the goal. When you fail, you learn. So that’s a part of the learning process, which I think alternative grading really focuses on, and shows that transparency to students of, “Hey, you’re trying here. This is what you can learn from it. This is where we might not have hit where we wanted to, but I can now see as your teacher that you need extra support here. So let’s continue in that direction.”

John: A follow up for

Ashley: As you go into teaching, are any of those grading systems something that you might build into your own practice?

Ashley: Yeah, for sure. I think looking at the curriculums that I’m going to be using, I’m just kind of starting to dip my toe in and see what I’m going to be using this coming year. But I think an important part for me is even if I’m using a traditional grading system in my classroom, or that’s what the curriculum uses, there are still ways that I think I can make it a little bit more alternative. Like I think for me, an important part of my education and being in this class, one of the things that we did in this class was collaborative grading. So we would sit down with Professor Neuhaus and we would talk through kind of where we felt like what we learned, how we met the standards, and I think that just conversation of “Hey, where are we at?” or “Where do you feel like you’re thriving? Where do you feel like you need support?” or “How do you feel like you’re meeting these” was important. And I think in my classroom, I can definitely sit down with my students, even if it’s two minutes once a week with each kid, just say, “Hey, how are we feeling about math,” or “how are we feeling about the book you’re reading,” or having that kind of approach of “let’s talk through this,” or being transparent with them, especially as fifth graders, of “Hey, this is why I’m noticing, so this is why I’m providing you with the support.” I think a lot of the time we feel the need to hide that support from students and hide the fact that maybe they’re not where they should be, but I think that’s such an important part of using alternative grading and incorporating other elements is trying to say like, “Hey, this is where we can support you and making the student a part of the process.”

Rebecca: I think what I’m hearing you say, Ashley, is one of the things that’s often missing is that constant feedback and the ability to adjust, and that’s baked into some of these alternative grading systems. But we can also have those same features in other spaces. [LAUGHTER] So I find it interesting that you’re pulling out some features or things that really speak to you. So I’m curious, especially as Jessamyn had noted that there was some eyebrow raising [LAUGHTER] towards alternatives. So I’m wondering if there’s other features of alternative grading that bubbled up as features that students really leaned into or really enjoyed, but also features that maybe were really problematic or that they were challenging. For example, the level of complexity of some of these alternative methods.

Jessamyn: Yeah, I think the sometimes convoluted mechanisms of some of the alternative grading systems. Several students did point out that their experiences in some disciplines really did require some straight-up traditional exams and traditional grades… some STEM classes, and some other classes that students felt that way about… and I guess the other thing would be that, like Ashley said, that in most institutions, at the end of the day, there is a letter grade. So, how to live in that reality and provide those opportunities for mistakes and not pitting students against each other – that was some of the big takeaways.

Cole: As far as takeaways go, I think the biggest takeaway that I have is that students comes first. I mean, at the end of the day, it’s like educating the youth, the next generation. But this course really just allowed me to see while the student may come first, how does the system push against the priority of that? So I really do think, as Ashley said, being an educator now, teachers should able to sit down with each student and figure out their individual needs and stuff like that.

Jessamyn: Yeah, when it came to the actual grading of students for this class, it was an interesting problem putting together the syllabus. Like, how are we going to actually do that? And I will say I’ve never told anybody this, but my first draft of the syllabus was so overstuffed. I was going to try a whole bunch of different alternative grading. Like this assignment, we’re going to use this kind of grading. This assignment we’re going to use that kind of grading, and I knew it was too much content, too much stuff to cover, but I was still mulling it over when I went to the POD Network annual conference in November, and I went to a session facilitated by Jessica Tinklenberg and Jeremy Schneider about what they called negotiated grading. And Jeremy Schneider talked about the way he had used it in his first- year large writing classes, and I thought that really is the way. So I threw out everything I had already done, and I redesigned it to be a collaborative grading experience for students. So the requirement was the students over the first half of the semester and then the second half of the semester compiled into a portfolio evidence of their progress towards the learning outcomes, the documents and documentation that reflected their engagement or their reflection on the course material. They also did a field report where they came into class and talked about what kinds of grading systems they were experiencing that semester, and then I met with each student individually, and we collaborated on their grade. And I just have to say here too that I would never plant a flag and say this is the only way that you can do good grading. I know our embodied positionality, personality, teaching context – all those things shape what kinds of things we can try. But for this class, it worked really well, and it was very difficult, I will say. I have used aspects of collaborative grading before, but not for a whole class, and not for a whole class that was critiquing grading. [LAUGHTER] So I gave them a list of questions. They knew ahead of time, all semester, what questions I was going to ask at the midterm and then the final. And the final question was: “Show me the evidence of the learning in your portfolio and tell me what grade you think this has earned.” And so it was like we had spent all this time critiquing the limits of grades or the problems with grades, and then we had to say, “Well, but what’s the grade?” [LAUGHTER] So it was very new and different, that aspect of it. Like I said, I had done some types of this before, but not when we’d been talking about grading. And I just have to share this story about a class about the midterm grades and it stars Cole. So this is what happened. We had a class meeting right before our midterm grade conferences, and we were viewing the questions I was going to ask. And Cole asked me to tell the class… he was like, “But how specifically are you going to determine our grade from this meeting, like, should I be extra prepared? Would that earn me a better grade?” And I said “That’s such a good question. And no, really, you and I together are going to discuss this, and together we are going to decide what your grade should be.” And Cole was like, “Well, that sounds really radical.” [LAUGHTER] “I know. Yes, it is.” He’s absolutely right. It fundamentally upends a really basic power dynamic, a basic top-down power dynamic. And Cole’s authentic honesty was a constant throughout the seminar. He said, “Well, that sounds a little bit scary,” and I was pretty sure he didn’t mean I was scary, but I said, “So what do you mean?” And he said, “Well, that means it’s my responsibility. I have to take responsibility for this.” “I know, that’s right.” It was a huge light bulb moment for everyone, including me, because Cole was really pointing out how traditional grading, even with highly, highly capable, high-achieving students, it can reinforce passivity, this lack of agency, the sense that students are given grades, and they feel that way for a good reason. When the instructor wields that ultimate power over the grade, and the grade determines so much about students’ success,that can really undermine students’ sense of their own agency in learning, their own responsibility for learning. Cole, I hope it’s okay I shared that story.

Cole: It’s more than okay, and I can assure you when I said it’s scary, I wasn’t referring to you. [LAUGHTER]

John: And there were no FERPA violations involved in any of that, so we should be okay.

Jessamyn: Oh yeah, that’s good. [LAUGHTER] No, no, no.

John: For the last three and a half years or so, we haven’t really had many podcasts that did not at least bring AI into some form of the discussion. And one of the things that when we do workshops on campus about faculty addressing AI, one of the things I often suggest is that our traditional grading systems tend to have students focus just on getting the highest grade they can, without focusing as much on learning. What do you think about the possibility that using alternative grading systems, where more of the focus is on learning and reflecting on learning, might that affect students’ willingness or inclination to use AI as a substitute for learning, just to get that highest grade, since that seems to be the focus of so much of the current structure?

Ashley: Yeah. So this question actually reminds me a little bit of… I had one thing I wanted to add to a question that Rebecca had asked, which was about if we had any like hesitations or what our critical thoughts were about alternative grading, and if there was any downsides that we had seen. And one of them actually was that if there’s not that grade that you’re trying to achieve, what’s going to motivate students? Because a lot of the time we see that the grades are the motivation. And I think in terms of looking at these alternative grading systems and trying to figure out what’s going to motivate students to do their best and to actually learn, as opposed to either learning to get that highest grade, or if we’re using alternative grading, using AI or some sort of help to just get the process done. I think it really comes back to that intrinsic motivation and fostering a love for learning and the importance of learning in your classroom. I think that’s one of the things that I’m really aiming towards for my classroom is making sure that I’m instilling that love for learning in my students and showing them how learning and knowing all this information and understanding the world from a more critical lens can help them be a better person, help them be more knowledgeable and be able to really know things and go into situations feeling equipped to handle them. So I think it’s definitely a battle, especially in colleges and high schools, to not have students be using AI to get the assignments done. But I think for me, I found that when I was really interested in what I was learning, and I had a relationship with my teacher, and I wanted to show them too that I was interested in what they were teaching, and that I wanted to hold up my end of the bargain and learn and actually understand things. That that is really helpful in terms of kind of fighting back against this use of AI to help accomplish tasks in schools.

Rebecca: Sounds like we have a bright future in education. [LAUGHTER]

Jessamyn: I know. That school is super lucky that hired you.

Ashley: Oh, thank you.

Jessamyn: I would say also there’s a bigger picture issue, and it goes to what I was saying earlier about the power dynamic. And I have found over the course of my many many years of teaching that if I can collaborate and work with students to address things going wrong and problems that arise, it is always more effective than if I just try to implement what I think should happen. And again, a lot of that I was able to develop over a long career with employment security and certain positionality privileges, but this is probably going to be out of date by the time this podcast airs in a month, [LAUGHTER] but the problem of offloading certain tasks to AI is one that I would say if I was encountering in my class, I would say, students, what can we do about this problem, and then see what we can come up with. Everything is changing so quickly in that area. There’s so much fear and uncertainty that it seems to me that really working with students is not just the best option, it’s really the only option. And in my experience, and I have taught at a variety of institutions, the students rise to the occasion. So when I’ve encountered problems like everybody’s looking at their cell phone instead of engaging in class, what can we do about this? Let’s do an anonymous survey. Let me throw out some suggestions. Let’s brainstorm together and come up with some strategies, and then revisit that halfway through the class. And I think the same thing applies to this use of AI in the assignments. Is there an assignment that I think is particularly important, and I’d be really nervous, will students use their own brains to do this? Then I’m going to have to bring them, actually, like you were saying, into the conversation and to see well, what do they think about this? How can I make it seem more relevant? What can I do in terms of maybe offering a way to practice or make mistakes, but I need their ideas and their voices in that conversation, like this one we’re having right now.

Cole: Just a comment on it. I do think AI does reflect a sort of I don’t know if failure is right word, but ideally, if you could get by without using it, that’d be more ideal. Because at the end of the day, I do think AI is like a tool, and it should like stay a tool, not like an asset for you to pass. Because as soon as you’re relying on it for every assignment, for example, I think at that point you need to reevaluate if this is the course that you should be in. I remember I would use AI to make test reviews. I would copy paste my online notes into an AI engine, and I would be like make a 20-question test where you’re using the following format, save the answers for the end. But that’s how I would exclusively use AI. Other than that, I would go out and do my own research. I would use my own intellect for my assignments. But of course, I have seen my peers use AI in different ways that they use AI. And at the end of the day, it really I think does come down to the educator to make sure that their content and their teaching style is like engaging enough that your students really do leave the classroom or leave the lecture hall with a sense of understanding. I took some higher level courses this past semester where I did leave confused and I’d have to look at the textbook for an hour or two each night, just to try to catch myself up, and it’s situations like that where I do understand why a student would resort to using AI.

Ashley: Yeah, I think it’s definitely where we live in a day and age where there’s so many people who are turning to it for even small things, and I think definitely in school settings, I see a lot of my peers turning to it and using it for whether you know it can be argued either way of if it’s an appropriate use or an inappropriate use. And AI is so new in the grand scheme of our history that we’re still in the thick of figuring out what’s appropriate. And obviously, each person has their own opinions. But kind of going off of what Professor Neuhaus was saying, I think involving students in those conversations, is also, I agree so critically important. As a student, I always really appreciated when I felt like I was being involved in the conversation. There was one time during our class where Professor Neuhaus said, “I’m actually gonna leave the room. I want you guys to talk about this without me here, and then I’m gonna come back and you tell me what you came up with, or what you like.” We really felt like we had a lot of autonomy over what was happening in the class and the questions that were asked, the things that were talked about, and I think involving students in the conversation and showing them that you really do value their input can increase that motivation that I was talking about earlier. And I think with AI having conversation of, “Hey, this is something that I’ve noticed. What do you guys think about it? How do you feel?” And rather than it being like a “gotcha, you’re not allowed to use it.” Kind of involving in the conversation of this is something that we’re all working through together, all of us as a team against the problem, rather than a teacher versus their students type of thing.

Rebecca: What I’m hearing thematically is a lot about the role emotions play in grading, but also in whether or not you might feel like you need to resort to using AI in certain contexts. And so, as I was listening to Cole and Ashley today, I’m thinking about the times when you’ve highlighted the importance of feeling a sense of belonging, or a collaborative environment, or a good relationship with a faculty member, [LAUGHTER] and that you feel like you can achieve something, or that it’s possible. Those are all things that seem like a lot of different kinds of classroom settings can cultivate those positive emotions that might lead to a more positive experience.

Ashley: Absolutely.

Rebecca: All right. So we always wrap up by asking, “What’s next?”

Jessamyn: So I am currently completing a manuscript, a book-length project on teaching and learning with the Unessay that will be published in the Oklahoma University Press series “Teaching, Engaging, and Thriving in Higher Ed, and of course, I will continue here as the Director at the Syracuse Center for Teaching and Learning Excellence, and I hope to be able to teach this class again. I won’t be able to teach it this year. I’m hoping next year.

Rebecca: Awesome.

John: And when will that book be coming out?

Jessamyn: As soon as I finish the revisions that I just got from the readers, and I kill off all my darlings.

Rebecca: oh, oh…. [LAUGHTER] How about you, Ashley?

Ashley: I’m starting my new job as a fifth- grade teacher in this coming fall. So just a few more weeks when this podcast comes out, it’ll be right around my time where I’m doing my new teacher training. So I’m very excited for the year ahead. I think it’s going to come with lots and lots of learning. I think it’ll definitely be a rigorous year, but I think it will be a lot of fun, and I’m really excited to be able to accomplish what I’ve been dreaming about for the past many years. I’ve wanted to be a teacher since I was a wee young child, so even though I’m dealing with some stress about the school year and planning and all that stuff, I’m constantly reminding myself that this is what I’ve always wanted, so I’m very excited and very grateful.

Rebecca: We wish you the best in your new adventure.

Ashley: Thank you so much.

Rebecca: How about you, Cole?

Cole: I guess begin sophomore year, [LAUGHTER] and see where that takes me.

Rebecca: It’s a good attitude.

Jessamyn: Cole, You’re doing the library advisory board next year, right? And you can follow Cole’s Adventures on LinkedIn, his professional adventures.

Rebecca: That’s great.

Ashley: I really appreciate you guys giving us the space to talk about it and asking such thoughtful questions and hearing about what we have to say about the class, especially for Cole and I. I think being a student and being involved in the conversations. Obviously, now that I’ve graduated, I guess I’m technically not a student anymore. But at heart, I still am, [LAUGHTER] and I think it was a great experience to get to talk so thoroughly about our experiences. So, thank you.

John: Thank you all for joining us. This is a really interesting topic, which I think more and more faculty are considering.

Rebecca: Yeah, and we appreciate you all.

Jessamyn: Thank you

Ashley: Thank you so much.

Jessamyn: Thanks for having us.

Cole: Thank you very much.

[MUSIC]

John: If you’ve enjoyed this podcast, please subscribe and leave a review on Apple Podcasts or your favorite podcast service. To continue the conversation, join us on our Tea for Teaching Facebook page.

Rebecca: You can find show notes, transcripts and other materials on teaforteaching.com. Music by Michael Gary Brewer.

[MUSIC]

454. Designing Impactful College Courses

Student motivation is enhanced when the framework of self-determination theory is used to design courses that support student autonomy. In this episode, Daniel Guberman and Chantal Levesque-Bristol join us to discuss a new resource designed to assist in the development of such courses.

Daniel and Chantal have leadership roles at the Center for Instructional Excellence at Purdue University. Chantal is the Executive Director and Daniel is the Assistant Director for Student-Centered Pedagogy.  They are the authors, with Emily Bonem, of Designing Impactful College Courses: Applying Self-Determination Theory to Unleash the Potential of Autonomy Supportive Learning Environments, which was recently released by Routledge.

Show Notes

  • Bonem, E. M., Guberman, D., & Levesque-Bristol, C. (2026). Designing Impactful College Courses: Applying Self-Determination Theory to Unleash the Potential of Autonomy-Supportive Learning Environments. Taylor & Francis.
  • Kuh, G. D., & Levesque-Bristol, C. (2023). Student-centered pedagogy and course transformation at scale: Facilitating faculty agency to IMPACT institutional change. Routledge.
  • Purdue University’s Instruction Matters: Purdue Academic Course Transformation (IMPACT) program
  • Lang, J. M. (2021). Small teaching: Everyday lessons from the science of learning. John Wiley & Sons.
  • The Grading Conference
  • Mentzer, N., Asad, A. M., Koehler, A. A., Mohandas, L., & Mammadova, E. (2025). Engaging Learners Everywhere: The Interactive Synchronous HyFlex Method. Purdue University Press.
  • Student Pedagogy Advocate Program at Purdue
  • Center for Self-Determination Theory

Transcript

John: Student motivation is enhanced when the framework of self-determination theory is used to design courses that support student autonomy. In this episode, we discuss a new resource designed to assist in the development of such courses.

[MUSIC]

John: Thanks for joining us for Tea for Teaching, an informal discussion of innovative and effective practices in teaching and learning.

Rebecca: This podcast series is hosted by John Kane, an economist…

John: …and Rebecca Mushtare, a graphic designer…

Rebecca: …and features guests doing important research and advocacy work to make higher education more inclusive and supportive of all learners.

[MUSIC]

John: Our guests today are Daniel Guberman and Chantal Levesque-Bristol. Daniel and Chantal have leadership roles at the Center for Instructional Excellence at Purdue University. Chantal is the Executive Director and Daniel is the Assistant Director for Student-Centered Pedagogy. They are the authors, with Emily Bonem, of Designing Impactful College Courses: Applying Self-Determination Theory to Unleash the Potential of Autonomy Supportive Learning Environments, which was recently released by Routledge. Welcome, Daniel and Chantelle.

Daniel: Thank you. It’s great to be here.

Chantal: Thank you. Thank you so much.

Rebecca: Today’s teas are:… Daniel, are you drinking tea with us today?

Daniel: Yes, I have a Bengal spice tea, which is basically like chai without the caffeine, as I understand it.

Rebecca: That sounds nice. How about you, Chantal?

Chantal: Yeah, I just made some tea. I have some green tea with some notes of apple spices and oranges.

Rebecca: That sounds nice.

John: Very nice.

Rebecca: How about you, John?

John: And the Bengal spice, I think, is the first time we had that on this podcast.

Rebecca: I think yeah, it might be a first time. It’s special. [LAUGHTER]

John: And I have an English breakfast tea today.

Rebecca: Okay, and I think I have a Scottish breakfast that’s mixed at this point. I think with an English afternoon, it’s all mixed together. [LAUGHTER]

John: Well, as we approach late morning, it sounds like a good brunch time. So, we’ve invited you here today to discuss Designing Impactful College Courses. Can you tell us a bit about how this book project got started?

Chantal: Yeah, so really I’m going to go back to a first book that I wrote on the Impact program, was published in 2021 by Stylus, which is now Routledge as well, that was really talking more about the structure of the Impact program and a lot more for faculty developers, and this book is sort of the sequel to that, but really looking a lot more about how you would design specifically a course, and this one is a lot more for faculty themselves or instructors, people that are actually teaching that are really interested in understanding how to use the principles of self-determination theory to design courses that are autonomy supportive and self-determined.

Daniel: And maybe I’ll add a little bit about the Impact program, for those who don’t know, which is Purdue’s course design program, which has been going on for over 15 years now. I’m a few weeks away from my 10-year anniversary at Purdue, and Chantal is a few years longer than that. It predates both of us, and it’s a semester-long course design program based on a faculty learning community, and it’s done in coordination with our teaching center, libraries, and teaching technologies. So, we get groups of faculty, we break into groups of three to five, and they each work with members of those three teams, and it varies every year on what our capacity for support is, but we’ve worked with over 600 faculty across this time, and so we’ve had semesters where over 90% of students at Purdue are taking a course that went through this program, so it’s been a really impactful program, pardon the pun. It’s a good name to just like constantly have puns, although unfortunately, whenever I write the word impact out, I write it in all caps, so that I need to go back and edit all my documents. So it’s been this really long and successful program, and we presented on it, and we recognize that a lot of faculty, instructors, graduate students don’t have access to this type of program, and even instructors at Purdue, for various reasons, can’t commit a whole semester; their schedule doesn’t work. So, we’re really excited to bring a lot of these lessons and ideas to a broader audience.

Rebecca: It’s incredible to have such an impactful program, certainly reach so many people, and to build on that in your book. One of the things that we observed as we were just even skimming the table of contents is that the organization seems to have something in common with a philosophy or a strategy that instructional designers often recommend, which is backwards design. Can you talk a little bit about the organization of the book, what it does have in common with that strategy?

Daniel: So, backwards design was at the core of the book, and the program, that program followed a backwards-design structure even before Chantal arrived and brought self-determination theory, and we’ve kept that. Probably the biggest change is that we brought this theory as the foundation, which in a lot of backwards design work does not have a sort of core theory that is structured to follow throughout everything that you’re doing. So we start with the theory, and then following traditional backwards design, for those who don’t know, we talk about the outcomes and objectives of a course, then the assessment, which we frame around grading specifically, because we found a lot of traditional course design approaches talk about assessment, but don’t tie it to grades, and then at the end they just sort of throw some numbers on all of it, and it feels like that can undermine the connection between the assessment process and what students are experiencing. And then we go to assessment types, which we have chapters on a variety of different assessment types, and also activities and core structures that are basically from a backwards-design perspective, going from what will students know or achieve by the end of the class, how will you know, which is the assessment part, and then how will you get students to the point where they can demonstrate that effectively. So that’s sort of our broad picture overview of the book, and we think it makes a lot of sense for someone who’s designing a course, which isn’t to say we view it as a linear progression, but rather we’ve tried to structure it in a way that you can skip around and you can go back, so you might get to thinking about, “Oh, I really want to bring experiential learning into my class, and that means a group project, which means I need to go back to assessment, “so we don’t think of backwards design as a linear process, but more sort of like a spiral that you move through.

John: And it may nudge people to think about it, because faculty don’t always think about course design using a backwards-design perspective. In fact, it’s often the opposite, but in addition to having this backwards- b design structure through the book, after going over the basic theory, you also have a consistent structure for each of the chapters. Can you describe this structure and talk a little bit about why you chose this particular organization?

Daniel: So each chapter we start with a vignette that comes from a student perspective, because it was really important to us to think about how students are really a central part of the learning environment, and they’re often omitted from the course- design process, and this has been something we’ve been doing throughout Impact for a number of years, is better integrating students into that process. The vignettes are based on true stories from students, but adapted a little, actually, a lot of the students, they came up with overly positive stories all the time [LAUGHTER], we’re like, “Tell us some of the negative ones too.” So then, after the vignette, we have an intro to what the topic is. So some people might not be familiar with what we mean by the experiential learning, or even when we say, like, this is a chapter on lecturing, like, what does it mean to write a chapter on lecturing or class discussion, then we get into the basic needs, and we talk about how the basic needs can be met or hindered in each of these contexts. Then we always follow the same order from competence, autonomy, and relatedness. So I’m sure I’ll talk more about what those mean in a bit. And then after that, we go into case studies. So one of the really fun parts about writing this book, is we got to go back to some of these 600 faculty members who have worked with this program, and we interviewed them and had really meaningful discussions to understand the ways that they’ve actually applied it, because as anyone who’s worked in a course- design program will know, there’s a lot of work that gets done in the design process, and then students come into the picture, and things change, and that’s important. We don’t want someone to design a course, and then students arrive, and they’re like, “Well, you are not viewing the course in the way I do.” So, we want courses to adapt. So, it was really cool to hear about how these courses adapted, and how approaching course design through a self-determination theory lens helped them make those adaptations. After the case studies, we have a series of guiding questions to help someone get started, and we have our short reflections about each of those, inspired by James Lang’s Small Teaching, which I feel like everyone knows by this point. We have a section called Starting Small, which are designed to be small things you can do, because while it’s a course design book, we realize not everyone is going to approach it thinking I’m going to redesign my entire course from the ground up, and again we have some sort of reflections and ideas about what that might look like, and then we just end with some short takeaway bullet points.

Rebecca: You’ve hinted at this already a little bit, but can you talk a bit about who your intended audience is for this book.

Chantal: This one is really for anyone who’s teaching a college course, or anyone who’s even interested in teaching. So we could be thinking about graduate students, for example, that may be asked to teach a part of a course or an entire course with little preparation. This book would really help them understand how it is that they can really approach teaching from a really a deep perspective in really understanding students, which I think is very important, as Dan mentioned, that we start with a vignette, which brings in the student voice first and foremost to really think about them as part of the learning and teaching endeavor. So also it could be for someone who is working at an institution where they don’t have their own faculty development program, or it could be for some faculty developers that do not have a very established structure at their institution. How can they talk about teaching and learning in a different way to their administration for example, and also I would say anyone who’s interested in self-determination theory and the teaching and learning principles of self-determination theory and autonomy-supportive environments, and how would that look like in a course-design environment?

John: So, you mentioned self-determination theory, and we talked about this a little bit on earlier podcasts, but it’s been a while, and many of our listeners may not have caught that, so could you talk a bit about what self-determination theory is? Because it does serve as an organizing framework throughout this book.

Chantal: It does stop me if I start talking about it too long. That’s definitely my passion. I say this is how I’ve been raised in terms of an academic, so my research area is also in motivation, and this is as Dan mentioned. When I came to Purdue University in really the impact program was just starting, it was really something that I brought in terms of thinking about how we design courses. So to summarize really quickly, the core principle of self-determination theory is the existence of three basic psychological needs, right, that all humans have. So, it’s a humanistic theory of motivation, and it’s about competence, autonomy, and relatedness, which is how we structured the book. And they’re really baked into every chapter. And competence is something that we understand very easily in higher education. It’s this idea of developing your skills, mastering, becoming proficient, but often we focus very much on competence to the exclusion of the other two needs, and they’re also very, very important. And when we talk about autonomy, which is probably one that is a little bit harder to understand, autonomy does not mean independence or doing whatever you want to do, right? That’s not what it is. It’s not about that independence, it’s about choice and volition, and really empowerment, and really feel like you are sort of the agent of your own development, and that applies for students and for instructors as well. And then relatedness, which is very important, which is the sense of connection with other human beings, with the instructor, with other students, it’s very relational, but also we think of it as relationship with the content that we’re covering as well, which also is highlighted in many of the chapters, and when we are creating environments where the satisfaction of the needs is met, where those basic needs are satisfied, then we see a progression toward more self-determined types of motivation, so from extrinsic type of motivation to more self-determined or intrinsic type of motivation, and this is really one of the very important contributions of self-determination theory, is to think about extrinsic motivation in four broad categories of extrinsic motivation. So, you may be familiar with extrinsic motivation as doing something for the rewards or to avoid the punishment, which is only one type of extrinsic motivation. So, extrinsic motivations are about means to an end, you’re doing something to achieve an outcome, but there’s different levels, so after external regulation, which is really doing something to attain a reward or to avoid punishment. So the typical understanding of grades would really fit within that type of extrinsic motivation. You’re trying to get an A because that’s how you get the rewards, and you go to class because you want to avoid losing points, that’s really the type of extrinsic motivation that we’re talking about in external regulation. We move towards still something that is not self-determined, but we think about introjection, which would be doing something because you feel guilt or shame, so you’re trying to avoid feeling those sorts of feelings, so it’s more internalized, but it’s still not self-determined, right? It’s an internal pressure, it’s perceived as an internal pressure. And then the next two types of extrinsic motivation are more self-determined. Identification, for us, and we talk a lot about this in the book, is sort of the sweet spot for us in academic endeavor. It’s really when you start to understand the value of your behavior and how it makes sense, how it’s meaningful, how it’s important to you, so that’s really how identification is formulated. And although you’re trying to do a behavior or you’re trying to still achieve an outcome, the outcome is perceived to be important and valuable, and then the last form is integration, which is about an alignment with the self, so it’s something that is so in line with yourself that you’re doing it because it’s part of who you are. So, I think this is important to keep in mind in terms of the different types of extrinsic motivation. I’ll stop here, see if Dan has anything to add.

Daniel: And what I’ll share is my background. Emily and Chantal are both psychologists by training. My background is as a music historian, so very different. But when I came to Purdue and was introduced to this theory, I just found it really compelling. So, I think this is what we’re hoping readers from a variety of disciplines will find, is that they read about the theory, they hear about the theory in places like this, and they find that same connection when you think about, “oh yeah, I can see examples of myself in each of these types of extrinsic motivation, and I can see how in environments where my basic needs are met, I feel more internally motivated to do something.” If you start to think about it, you really start to feel that, like,”oh, this resonates, it works, it’s not this abstract theory that, like, we hope will apply in our class, that we can feel it throughout our everyday lives,” and then it’s a matter of how can we apply this meaningfully in our classes as well.

Rebecca: I think many faculty experience moments in their classes where maybe particular material or concepts are not overly exciting or interesting, but maybe very foundational, or maybe students are in a general education class and it’s hard to get motivated around that. What are some strategies for helping students develop motivation to develop their knowledge and skills in these areas that maybe we deem as important, but maybe initially they don’t.

Daniel: Yeah, I think that’s such a great question that gets at the core of the book, and one thing that I think is really important, and one of the key misunderstandings or like the threshold concepts, if I may, when it comes to self-determination theory is the recognition that when we talk about these basic needs for autonomy, confidence, and relatedness, it’s about the individual’s perception of those needs for themselves. I think a lot of people come and we do an introduction the first week about, like, what are the basic needs, and they’re like, “Oh, that’s great, I’m giving my students choice, so I do unessays, so I give them choice that they can choose what format their project is going to be, and therefore I’m meeting their need for autonomy,” but and I’ve experienced this myself, is that that doesn’t necessarily work for all of my students, that some students will see, like, “oh, I can do anything,” and they’re like, “well, that’s scary, I don’t know, I guess I’ll just write a paper, and it’s not because I really want to write a paper, it’s because that’s the thing I’m used to doing, and I know that’s a safe thing to do.” So that student has not perceived that they’ve had autonomy in this assignment, even though I’ve told them, like, “oh, you can do a poem, you can make a video, you can bake a cake,” but at the same time they haven’t seen paths for them to do that, and I haven’t necessarily provided… at least when I started doing this, I really did not provide guidance to make a meaningful choice, and that’s the key when we think about autonomy, is how do I create a structure where a student is going to see this choice in my class and feel like that choice is meaningful to them, so when I give them the unessay and say you can write a poem, I need to then say, like, well, what does it look like to write a poem for this, and what resources, because I am not someone who could help them write a poem, but what resources are available on campus if this is something they want to explore that can help them do that in a meaningful way, and then I can also provide the feedback that I’m capable of providing, in thinking about how to tie the content of the class with the poem, and really help them then also feel that sense of confidence that all these needs get intertwined all the time, because that’s also then about the relationship I’m able to have with students to help them see that, like, oh, when I give you a choice, I mean it, and I’m also here to help you make a meaningful decision for you. So, I think the key is always to try to think about the students’ perception and experience. When we start doing that, we start to help overcome these motivational boundaries. And I say this, coming from a background in music history, where even when I taught music majors, a lot of my colleagues on the performance side of that school would, like, tell them, “Well, the music history and theory classes aren’t that important, you should spend your time practicing.” So at that time, I felt like it was always the struggle of, like, I need to motivate students for this class in their major, and I didn’t know about self-determination theory at the time, but now, like, oh, I missed all these opportunities to help them really understand why these things were important, and to connect with them in doing so.

Chantal: Yeah, and I want to add that it’s really important to think, like, it’s not a recipe, it’s not a recipe book. You’re not going to find in this book that, like, this is exactly how you need to do it, and here’s step one, two, and three, and that’s why the student voice is very important, that student perspective and the perception, as Dan mentioned, because it takes getting to know your students to really understand what meeting the basic psychological needs is going to mean in your context, and also what you’re able and willing to do as an instructor, so you could implement a technique that would be very effective at meeting the basic psychological needs, but if you do it poorly, you’re going to have the opposite effects. So, if team-based learning is not your thing, and you don’t think you can implement it well, that is not why it works, if that makes sense. It’s really important to understand that it’s not the what that is as important as the how you implement that pedagogical strategy.

John: One of the things you note in this book is that grading is one of the things that faculty tend to really not enjoy particularly much, and it’s also something which can be somewhat demotivating for students. What suggestions do you have on trying to shift the focus on grading, so that it can be a bit more motivating, and perhaps not quite as unpleasant for faculty too.

Chantal: That is so Dan’s question. [LAUGHTER]

Daniel: Yeah, [LAUGHTER] and I’ll say, as we’re recording this, just before the Grading Conference begins this summer, and I’m a co-organizer of the Grading Conference. If you’re familiar with the Grading Conference, you might understand where my perspective on grades is coming from, but with that said, I don’t think that means we need to, like, do away with all grades, which is some answers, but I think the key is getting away from the view of grades as a mechanism to control students’ behavior, because ultimately, what self-determination theory is, in contrast to more traditional theories of motivation, and self-determination theory is like 50 years old now, so I guess it’s also traditional, but theories before that were really about mechanisms of control. I’ve just got a new dog a few weeks ago, so like how you train the dog is like, dog does good thing, I give treats, dog does bad thing, I don’t give treats, [LAUGHTER] and I think a lot of early motivational theories were rooted in that, of like, “oh, student does good thing, I give grade, student does bad thing, they lose points towards grade,” and that still happens all over our campuses. So, I said, my background is in music, so, like, one of the things we do in music departments is we want students to go to our concert, so what do we do? We give them extra credit for going to a concert, and what we don’t do in doing that is explain to them the value of going to that concert and give them opportunities to engage with that concert in ways that they might not otherwise, and that connect that concert to the experience of what they’re learning in our class, and I think that’s what we really would advocate for in self-determination theory, is to really think critically about grades and what grades mean, because ultimately grades, at their best, are a form of information, they’re a communication form between instructors and students, that is unlike basically any other form of communication, and that can be used effectively, [LAUGHTER] or it can be used for harm. And I think too often we view grades as a mechanism to control. So students after COVID, my class attendance has dropped, so I’m going to give more points for students coming to class, or more penalties for not coming to class, and instead we can think, well, what is it that’s happening in class that we can make more valuable for students, and then that doesn’t mean you can’t have grades tied to it, but like, how do we then make the grade tied to the learning that they’re doing in class that’s tied to the learning outcomes and objectives that will help them in their long-term career personal goals, whatever those may be, and trying to really build that connection, so students don’t see their grade as well. This instructor liked me or disliked me, and therefore they gave me this grade at the end, but really that this grade reflects what I’ve been able to achieve, and my growth, and then I can go talk about that, and like what it meant to earn an A or a B in this class, and what I gained from it, and that grade is one piece of information that is sort of a tightly packaged representation of that.

Rebecca: This conversation’s making me think a little bit about self-determination theory related to instructors, too. We have needs, especially around grading, and some of these other things, too. I’m wondering if you have any thoughts about that side of the coin in thinking about some of the basic needs of instructors and how some of the techniques that you’re recommending actually [LAUGHTER] serve in both directions.

Chantal: Yeah, absolutely. I’ll just kind of get started, and then Dan can jump in, but when we go through our Impact program, which Dan described, our 13-session semester long program, we really emphasize that to faculty, and that’s the beauty of self-determination theory. As you mentioned, it’s a theory of human motivation, so it’s about humans, so it’s really the humans that are doing the teaching and learning endeavor, and that’s really the most important thing, and what we really need to focus on. So, we tell faculty, you also need to think about the satisfaction of your basic psychological needs, and that will revitalize your teaching, how you approach your teaching, how you think of your teaching. So, again, if you encounter a technique that you think is the next sexy, flashy thing, but you don’t think it’s going to work for your class, or it’s not going to be something that you can do that you can implement effectively, you’re not going to be in a position to satisfy your basic psychological needs, so that will translate into something that will hinder the needs of your students, because you’ll feel forced, controlled, and not self-determined in applying those techniques. So we really engage in conversations with faculty around that, and to find, through asking questions of the faculty, to really find the thing that’s going to create the best possible autonomy-supportive environment for them and their students.

Daniel: Yeah, and I’ll just add this is what, to me, is really fun about being on the I mpact team and working with faculty every semester in this way because I might be a person who thinks ungrading is the greatest thing for my classes, but I’m not there to convince them of that, I’m there to try to understand what they’re doing and what they’re achieving and what will be meaningful to them, and to me that’s a really fun thing because it makes every semester unique and different, and our hope is in having all these different case studies, readers will be able to see how people have gone through this same program, but come out with very different classes, but all classes that are at their core achieving the same basic goals of creating a learning environment that’s going to support students to internalize their motivation and to succeed and to value the things that they’re learning.

John: We talked a little bit about the structure of the book, but we should note that you have chapters on pretty much all aspects of teaching that should apply to pretty much any faculty member out there. You have chapters associated with creating tests, writing assignments, group projects, lectures, labs, and experiential education, and in each of those cases, you provide some really nice suggestions on creating an autonomy-supportive environment. Could you each highlight one or two ways in which the approaches that you advocate in either one of these chapters, or generally across the chapters, might differ from what we see in many classrooms today?

Chantal: I love how you set up that question, and I want to kind of not push back on it a little bit, but “different” is not how I would really think about it. It’s not like many of the techniques that we have in there, or suggestions are necessarily different. There’s a lot of the things that are the same things, but sometimes it’s just to think about them in a context that is really based into self-determination theory. So I would say not necessarily different in kind, but it’s really about using the self-determination theory lens and the lens of the satisfaction of the basic needs to make meaningful choices and decisions about your class and your content, and maybe how you’re delivering it, so that’s I think is important to understand that you’re not going to read this book and say, “Oh, I’ve never heard about this before, this is amazing.” That’s not really at all what it is, and again, the suggestions are suggestions, we don’t intend them to be recipes. But if I give a couple of examples that are in the case studies that I really find appealing is that Nathan Mentzer, for example, is a faculty who we talk about in our technology chapter, and really he used HyFlex during the pandemic as a way to really survive as we were re-engaging and Purdue came back to in-person instruction very quickly, and he needed to really continue to use his HyFlex model. He actually wrote a book about it, so that’s also another very interesting piece of it. But he says he will never go back. The HyFlex and what he learned about it, and actually he did research on it using self-determination theory as a framework, allowed him to provide choices and options to students and build connection and relationships with the students and amongst the students that he was not able to do before, so he will never go back. He will always do HyFlex and he talks about how he really talked to his students about how important it was to attend in person if they could, but he was not forcing it. He was not taking attendance in person. He was not making the students feel guilty if they could not attend in person. And then the virtual option was something that everybody could connect to, everybody, even in person. Every student could log in with their teammates and be in this in-person and virtual environment all at the same time. It allowed students to have flexibility to have choices of whether they could show up in person that day. If they were sick, they didn’t have to explain why they were joining in virtually, and they didn’t miss anything. They had all of the content, they could continue to be engaged with their group. He really also focused on the autonomy piece by providing a rationale. He would say, I think it’s important and valuable if you can come in in person, but if you can’t, that’s okay. And here is the content. He also talked a lot about whether you should have your cameras on or off, but again, he wouldn’t force the students to behave or do certain things in a certain way, but he would really spend time explaining the rationale. This one is a great example. I’ll let Dan jump in with a few, and we can go back.

Daniel: So, I’ll share one. It’s actually not the story in the book about this person, but by Lindsay Hamm, who is in the book, I think also in the technology chapter about what’s called Charlie, which is her AI writing feedback tool, and she teaches 500 students sociology class, so it’s like functionally impossible without something like this to give feedback to students, which is very important to her. But what I want to share is actually she is someone who is very interested in the development of AI from the very beginning, and she’s become a campus leader on this, not just in her use of this AI-based tool for feedback, but she took her writing assignment, and in the middle of one semester she was confident that AI at the time was not like providing results that had to make her concerned about students using it, and then in the middle of one semester, an update came out, and she was like, “Oh no, [LAUGHTER] it’s time, it crossed the threshold,” and the question then was, “Well, what do I do now?” And this is where I think self-determination theory is so useful, because it really gives you a framework to think, “Well, now I’m in a situation I didn’t expect, and what do I do?” So, what she did was she first met with some students, because this is 500 students in this class, so she didn’t want to just go in front of all of them first. So, she met with some students, because she trusted students who had taken the class already, and she talked to them and said, “This is what’s going on, and I want you to talk through some options with me.” So then she came to the class and had three different options for like what we could do going forward, which some were just like rebalancing other assignments, some were creating something new, but all with the idea that okay, there are different paths forward, I’ve vetted these and now we’re going to give students in the class, different options, and I think students could actually pick which they wanted, so it wasn’t like, okay, 51% voted for this thing, and it stinks for the rest of you. So she was able to make it so that every student could have a meaningful choice, and she could progress the class in a way that she still felt good about meeting the learning outcomes and objectives for the class, and then over the summer, she could do [LAUGHTER] a much bigger, like, “okay, what does this mean now, and how can I adjust and adapt in a more meaningful way, that’s not just like throwing a brand new syllabus at this 500 student class mid semester.” So to me that’s like a really fascinating example of how you can take these principles and respond to the unexpected, which it feels like now every semester we’re always responding to the unexpected in a way that at least I didn’t feel 15 years ago [LAUGHTER] when I started teaching in higher education. So to me that’s one of the real appeals of this kind of framework for thinking about course design.

Rebecca: Stories for responding are always very valuable. [LAUGHTER] One of the things that you’re just hinting at in this instructor’s approach is kind of checking in with multiple students to develop some choices, and kind of at the start of our conversation, you mentioned the importance of bringing students into the conversation of course design, but of course, students have competing interests and values in what motivates them? Can you talk a little bit about kind of balancing the very different needs or perceptions of needs of different students in a class?

Daniel: I’ll start. So, part of what has enabled this is we have a Students as Partners program at Purdue called the Student Pedagogy Advocate, so that has provided a structure with students who are not like heavily trained but are introduced to self-determination theory and are really interested in working with faculty to make meaning of their classes and really centered around achieving the instructor goal, so we have some students who are prepared to do this, which certainly helps when we bring them in, but I think that’s to me part of the exciting part of teaching is when you are teaching the same class sometimes for decades, for some of us, what makes it exciting is that the students are different. And to me that’s at the core of what it means to teach, is to really think about the connection with the students that you can make and the students who are in the room, and how you can be responsive to them, and I think again thinking through self-determination theory gives us a way to integrate students into that thought, because it gives us a way to understand students and a set of goals for what does it mean for a student to feel a sense of competence, and whether that’s that they aced the test, but maybe guessed on half of it, but we might not know that, or they might have struggled on the test, but they felt good going into that, so then what does that mean for our discussion, or they struggled on the test, but they say, “well, I know I didn’t have time to study, so it’ll be fine next time,” but like what does that mean to help us, for us to help them think about what strategies they’ll take. So yeah, I think to me it really helps us think about how we engage with students, both to build a sense of relationship, but also to really understand what will be meaningful to them.

Chantal: Yeah, and I would add to that, that in some of those classes it’s not like instructors all have to do this, but some have used this very effectively, is to really work with students as co-creator of this class and this content, and even how it’s delivered, and sometimes it’s not possible; in certain situations or certain courses it’s not possible. But to the extent that you can think about students as partners, as Dan mentioned, not just the program that we have at Purdue, but also in terms of its philosophy of how can you really engage with students as guides and partners, as opposed to in a hierarchical sort of relationship, that’s really helpful when we’re thinking about our students as coming to this learning endeavor as co-creator of their pathway, and that’s really the essence of what we mean by autonomy and supporting autonomy. It’s not doing whatever we want and letting the students do whatever they want, but it’s providing a structure and then guiding within that structure. One word, one sentence that I really like to use to think about this is choices within a structure, so structure is also very important within that, so it’s not like there’s no boundaries, there’s no structure, there’s the course objectives, but the alignment, as Dan talked about, and we talk about in the book, the alignment between your learning outcomes, your objectives for the course, and how you assess the kinds of activities that you engage your students in, it’s very important to think about.

Daniel: And one other thing that I’ll add, we’ve been collecting student data on this program through a self-determination theory lens for over a decade, and one of the great things about self-determination theory being a theory that’s been put into practice around the world for 50 plus years is there’s a lot of great existing survey tools, and we can probably, in the show notes, have a link to these, but you go to the Self-Determination Theory Center website, and you click on metrics, you can download all sorts of them. One we really like is called the Learning Climate Questionnaire, and there’s a short version that’s, I think, eight questions. Chantal can correct me, but it’s eight questions. [LAUGHTER]

Chantal: That one is actually published in the first book, so the student-centered impact book that I talked about earlier, and we have some of those scales published in there.

Daniel: To me having eight questions that I can give to my students and get a clear sense of how are they perceiving the learning climate, and we tried to get these into the end-of-semester surveys with some luck, [LAUGHTER] but not as much luck as we’d want, and also you can ask these earlier, you can ask these in the middle of the semester and get really valuable information to understand how students’ basic needs are being met or not being met, and then you can take action from there to address those gaps. So I think that’s one of the other benefits we don’t talk about enough is that having these set surveys, because making class surveys is really, at least for those of us who are not psychologists by training, really hard, and also then we make them, and we’re like, well, did students interpret this question how I thought, [LAUGHTER] and the general answer is probably not, so having these set surveys that have been tested in hundreds, if not 1000s, of classes can be really valuable to collect some quick feedback and understand, like, okay, is this achieving what I wanted when I designed the class in this way.

John: We’ll include a link to the survey site in the show notes. Now, we wouldn’t be having a podcast in the last three years without some mention of [LAUGHTER] artificial intelligence, we keep trying, but… [LAUGHTER]

Rebecca: I keep trying to run away but it’s not helping. [LAUGHTER]

John: However, that is certainly an issue that does relate to educational technology, and you do address this in your book a bit. Can you talk a little bit about ways more generally in which educational technology can support student learning and autonomy, and also perhaps some ways in which we can redirect efforts, so that we don’t see students engaging in excessive cognitive offloading that can be harmful to student learning and skill development.

Chantal: I’ll start with a general comment, and then I’ll let Dan answer the tough part of that question [LAUGHTER] …so I’ll run and avoid it. To me, the general message that I really want the listeners to think about is that technology, including AI and others that will come in the future, are simply tools, and I don’t mean this in a sort of dismissive way, but tools are there to help us create environments that will foster learning, just the same way that our computer and typewriters and smartphones were tools, and some when those came out, were really afraid of those particular tools, but the challenge is to really think about how to integrate them effectively into your teaching, into the learning of the students, and what does it mean to support the basic needs with those tools? So, again, they’re tools. Your voice is a tool, like we’re doing a podcast now. So, your voice is a tool. How do you use those tools to support the learning is important. So, I’ll just put AI in that same category. We just need to think a lot about it. So, now Dan is going to answer the hard part of the question. [LAUGHTER]

Daniel: So I guess in thinking about, like, how do we prevent students from using this as not just a tool, basically to avoid the class or the learning process, because ultimately meaningful learning is hard. That if we haven’t challenged ourselves and haven’t struggled, we probably haven’t learned that much, and our society, our human nature is we try to make things easier. So it’s human nature to look for ways to skip hard things and make them easier, but what that means is we really need to think about motivation, and we need to think about how we internalize motivation, and this goes back to when Chantal described the different types of extrinsic motivation, is we need to really think about how can we help students identify the value of what they’re learning and the skills they’re developing, or ideally even integrated, and feel like it’s a sense of who they are. And often this means really focusing on the basic skills that get before the stuff in their major, especially like the stuff that they perceive as fun. So when I taught the intro music theory class, not many students were very excited to do like the basic lessons and learning how to read music in multiple clefs that they didn’t necessarily deem apply to them, but you need to have those skills really solid before you can do much else, so how do we help students either internalize the importance of developing those skills at a really high level, or to integrate it and feel like, well, I’m a musician, a musician, this is who we are, and we need to have these skills. And this is where the idea that when we create environments that meet those basic needs, students are more likely to have that sense of internalization, and we’ve talked about lots of ways to do that. But really I think that at the core for us is to think about that relationship element, because ultimately students need to trust us when we say this skill is important, and we also need to believe it, and I think this is something we sometimes forget, because most of us now use AI for some of these things, and there’s a difference. I would say using AI for something that I can do and it will save me time, but then I also know if the output is good or not, because I’ve done this enough times, and doing something where, like, I really don’t know if this is good, it will save me time, but it’s not something I could do otherwise and I think those are two very different places, and a lot of students are in the “it’s not something they could do otherwise,” and we really need to get them to the point of recognizing the value of those basic skills and not skipping them, because when they skip them now, they’ll run into challenges later, and we can say that all the time, but unless we really develop a sense of trust and meaning, and have students really buy into the core elements of the class, they’re not going to believe us, when we say it. So that’s where we need to create this environment that’s internally motivating, and an environment where students trust that we have their best interests at heart, and I think most of us do, but I think also there’s, at least when I started teaching, I felt like I wasn’t supposed to say that, I wasn’t supposed to tell students I cared, and I think we’ve turned a corner on that. I think now it’s more acceptable for students to believe we care and us to articulate that we care, and I think now it’s more a matter of like really creating an environment where students internalize that we care, we want them to succeed, and what we’re sharing with them are strategies that we know will help them succeed in the long run.

Chantal: I’d just like to add something, because Dan, you made me think about this, is that with regard to the offloading, yes, humans will tend to find things that they can do that tend to be easier, but humans are not lazy by design. If you really think about self-determination theory, and you really go to the origin of the theory, it’s really about humans are really wanting to grow and develop and become self-determined… self-actualized is another word that’s been used in psychology. It’s like one place in the right environment where the needs are supported, humans will do a lot, and if you think about humans that are alive and vital, they’re doing things, they’re just finding ways to write, to read, to consume, like students read and consume a lot of information, maybe not the textbook, but that’s a question that we can think about, like why not, why is it, but humans are not inactive or lazy, like we really engage in things that we care about, that we value, and that we want to be intentional about. I think that’s kind of the way to think about this in a broader perspective.

Rebecca: So, Chantal, you mentioned the last question is a little challenging, but some folks find our last question the most challenging, which is [LAUGHTER] we always end by asking what’s next.

Chantal: I’ll answer with something that’s kind of on my mind right now, and in things that we’re really thinking about at Purdue is, and you mentioned technology, so it has to do with AI, but really thinking about how critical thinking gets developed and is fostered, including how we think of AI using critical thinking, and this is a program that actually Dan is part of. We’ve been sort of pioneering this, piloting this for the past couple semesters, but in our conversations with faculty, we’re really thinking about how do we develop this sense of problem solving and critical thinking, because when you talk to faculty, right, it’s often something that they’ll say, “Oh yeah, I want my students to become better critical thinkers, but it’s just going to happen, it’s not something that I’m going to build into my class,” and we disagree with that, we say no, we really need to build in how you define critical thinking, how you think about it, how it evolves throughout the curriculum, and how is it that students progress from an emerging skill in critical thinking to really proficiency, and what does that mean, and what does that even look like. So that to me is what I’m rethinking about right now, and what is sort of our next steps in terms of applications.

Daniel: And I’ll just add, because I’m also involved, I’ve really loved this program, that one thing that’s been interesting is we’ve approached this through the same Impact framework, so it’s still based on self-determination theory, but the idea that you need to create a self-determined environment to get students to engage critically with material, but we’ve changed it, as we mentioned earlier. Traditionally, the program we’ve explicitly brought together faculty from different departments, and that was one of the core aspects, was this is a time to go outside your discipline and to realize that teaching has significant differences, but also commonalities, and for this program we started bringing together groups from the same department, and this has been like really interesting in different ways, and part of that is the recognition that a lot of faculty don’t actually talk about their teaching with their colleagues in their department, so this has been one of those opportunities for them to get together and think about what does critical thinking look like in our context, and how can we actually connect our classes in meaningful ways that help a student, whether it’s the 100 level class, start to develop certain skills that will be applicable in that context, and then how can those be reinforced, and how can we use similar language and structures, or one department we’ve been working with that I’m really excited they built a whole curricular long rubric with like here are key critical thinking skills and here are where we think students will develop and actually the department is Speech Language and Hearing Sciences, so the vast majority of students go on to get a master’s degree because you need that to be a practicing professional. So they actually said, well, at the top level we don’t even expect you to be here until you’re in graduate school, and the idea is to share this with students from the beginning, and obviously figuring out how you share it with students at your 100- level class and say we expect you to end this class at level one, maybe two, right, [LAUGHTER] but then show that that progression, and then when they’re applying to graduate school, give them the structure and language to talk about how they’ve developed and what they still plan to learn, because ultimately you go to grad school to continue your learning and development to become a professional in this field, so that to me is also really exciting, and like a twist on this program, but our early success shows how this basis in self-determination theory can really apply in lots of different contexts.

Rebecca: Sounds like a really great initiative. Well, thanks so much for joining us.

Chantal: Thank you for having us. This was a lot of fun.

John: Thank you. It’s a really good book, and it’s one I’d recommend to anyone who is beginning to develop or redesign an existing course.

Daniel: Yeah, thank you so much.

[MUSIC]

John: If you’ve enjoyed this podcast, please subscribe and leave a review on Apple Podcasts or your favorite podcast service. To continue the conversation, join us on our Tea for Teaching Facebook page.

Rebecca: You can find show notes, transcripts and other materials on teaforteaching.com. Music by Michael Gary Brewer.

[MUSIC]

448. AI-Aware Teaching

While there is substantial debate over the appropriate role of generative AI in higher education, one area of agreement is that AI cannot be ignored. In this episode, Annette Vee, Marc Watkins, and Derek Bruff join us to discuss what faculty need to know to be AI-aware in their teaching.

Annette is an Associate Professor of English at the University of Pittsburgh where she has been actively involved with AI initiatives. She is the author of Coding Literacy: How Computer Programming is Changing Writing and is co-editor of TextGenEd: Teaching with Text Generation Technologies. Marc is a Lecturer in Writing and Rhetoric and an Assistant Director of Academic Innovation at the University of Mississippi, where he directs the AI Institute for Teachers. Derek Bruff is an Associate Director at the University of Virginia’s Center for Teaching Excellence, where he supports faculty in integrating generative AI in their teaching. He is the author of Intentional Tech: Principles to Guide the Use of Educational Technology in College Teaching and Teaching with Classroom Response Systems: Creating Active Learning Environments. He is the host and producer of the Intentional Teaching podcast. Annette, Marc, and Derek frequently serve as keynote speakers at academic conferences and write frequently about AI and higher education on their blogs. Annette, Marc, and Derek are the co-authors of The Norton Guide to AI-Aware Teaching.

Show Notes

Transcript

John: While there is substantial debate over the appropriate role of generative AI in higher education, one area of agreement is that AI cannot be ignored. In this episode, we discuss what faculty need to know to be AI-aware in their teaching.

[MUSIC]

John: Thanks for joining us for Tea for Teaching, an informal discussion of innovative and effective practices in teaching and learning.

Rebecca: This podcast series is hosted by John Kane, an economist…

John: …and Rebecca Mushtare, a graphic designer…

Rebecca: …and features guests doing important research and advocacy work to make higher education more inclusive and supportive of all learners.

[MUSIC]

Rebecca: Our guests today are Annette Vee, Marc Watkins, and Derek Bruff. Annette is an Associate Professor of English at the University of Pittsburgh where she has been actively involved with AI initiatives. She is the author of Coding Literacy: How Computer Programming is Changing Writing and is co-editor of TextGenEd: Teaching with Text Generation Technologies. Marc is a Lecturer in Writing and Rhetoric and an Assistant Director of Academic Innovation at the University of Mississippi, where he directs the AI Institute for Teachers. Derek Bruff is an Associate Director at the University of Virginia’s Center for Teaching Excellence, where he supports faculty in integrating generative AI in their teaching. He is the author of Intentional Tech: Principles to Guide the Use of Educational Technology in College Teaching and Teaching with Classroom Response Systems: Creating Active Learning Environments. He is the host and producer of the Intentional Teaching podcast. Annette, Marc, and Derek frequently serve as keynote speakers at academic conferences and write frequently about AI and higher education on their blogs (which we’ll link to in the show notes). Our guests are the co-authors of The Norton Guide to AI-Aware Teaching. Welcome, Annette, and welcome back, Marc and Derek.

Annette: Thank you.

Derek: Thanks for having us.

Marc: Yeah, thank you, guys.

John: Thank you for joining us. It’s great to talk to all of you today. Today’s teas are:… Annette, what is your tea? [LAUGHTER]

Annette: I have to confess that we are out of tea season. For me, it is warm, and I’m on my third floor office, where it is not air conditioned, so I’m just drinking water. But I like tea. I like herbal tea… when it’s cold outside.

John: And Marc, are you drinking tea?

Marc: I wish I was. Our tea kettle in the office is broken today, so I have a very anti-tea Celsius that is a Kiwi Guava flavor, so it has caffeine and its liquid, [LAUGHTER] that’s the sort of the most related thing you can have with tea. But yeah, unfortunately, I’m like Annette, I don’t have access to good tea right now.

John: And Derek?

Derek: Well, I’m 0 for three. I am drinking coffee, [LAUGHTER] but I am drinking it out of my tea for teaching coffee mug.[LAUGHTER]

Rebecca: I think that might be blasphemous. [LAUGHTER]

Derek: I think I should get some points for having the on-brain coffee mug today.

John: Yes.

Rebecca: I think it’s good. It’s good.

Derek: Thank you, John, for gifting me a coffee mug when I saw you a couple of years ago.

Rebecca: It’s a tea mug. [LAUGHTER]

Derek: Not right now.

John: it’s a tea for teaching mug, and I think it was a coffee mug last time too.[LAUGHTER]

Rebecca: Yeah.

Annette: Get into some Wickenstinian conversations about definitions here. [LAUGHTER]

John: Well, I went to the POD conference with, I think, 48 tea for teaching mugs, and I think I came back with about two or three of them, because the whole place was filled with former guests from the podcast.

Marc: That’s great.

Annette: That’s lovely.

John: It was nice to be able to distribute them. And Rebecca, your tea?

Rebecca: I have British breakfast, nice and piping hot.

John: I have darjeeling tea today, which I picked up at the tea caddy at Epcot at the OLC conference last fall.

Rebecca: So we’ve invited me here today to discuss the Norton guide to AI-aware teaching, apparently, and not tea. [LAUGHTER]

Annette: It’s good because the conversation’s over otherwise. [LAUGHTER]

Rebecca: So, can you tell us a little bit about how this project came about?

Annette: Sure, I can start with that. So, this project was kind of a brainchild of Norton themselves, and I had been working with Erica Wnek, who is one of their fabulous editors there, and who works with composition, in particular. I’d been doing the Everyone Is an Author book. They wanted to add a chapter on AI for their next edition, which just came out, I think, in the fall, and from there we started talking about what else Norton might be able to do to support teachers with AI, and I started writing for a Substack, a newsletter that they launched, and worked with Erica primarily on that. It was the first time that Norton had done a Substack like that, and it ended up being reasonably popular, and then there seemed to be some demand for further guidance about AI teaching, but in particular teaching in the midst of AI that wasn’t just, “Hey, let’s lean into AI or here’s how we kind of route around AI,” but something a little bit more measured that was kind of the voice that I had been using in that blog, and so Erica asked me, “What would it look like if we did some sort of guide like that?” At first, I thought, “Well, there’s so many guides out there,” but ultimately I was interested, and even better was that they were really interested in recruiting some excellent co-authors, and so from there they brought on Marc and Derek, and so I can pass that off to them, which I think has really been wonderful for the project.

Marc: It has indeed. I really have learned a lot from both of you writing this, and it was kind of a sprint to go through this, and I think as we were writing it, we were both going through our own sort of basic just feelings about AI and seeing how other people were dealing with it too. We’ve been there for the. Last three and a half, four years, and asking ourselves some very deep questions about our own work with this technology, too, where this is coming to intersect, and trying to help faculty tred a path forward.

Derek: I’ll add that, as Rebecca mentioned, I’ve written a couple of other books on teaching with technology, and I think I have a writing voice that works well with Annette and with Marc, and with the goal of this project, a mix of what does the research tell us, to the extent that it tells us anything, what are the big ideas we need to be grappling with, and what does this look like in practice? I think that’s one of the things I really like about this book, is there’s lots of examples of how faculty are adapting and responding to AI in very concrete ways. That’s what I love to do, is to talk to faculty about what other faculty are doing, and help them see how they can adapt that to their own teaching. Yeah, so happy to be a part. And also, I would say I haven’t co-written before this project.

Rebecca: I didn’t know that, Derek. You reveal that now. [LAUGHTER]

Derek: I was a little skeptical. I kind of like to be in my own space when I’m writing, but this has been a really, really enjoyable process of drafting and getting feedback and revising and commenting and figuring out the structure together. I like the co-writing a lot more than I expected I would.

Annette: That’s really nice to hear. I want to say, too, that Norton brought us together, which I think is wonderful, because they just had like great vision of how we could each bring different expertise, which I think was like absolutely true. But the other thing is that I knew Derek and Marc’s work before this, and so I was really, really glad to be able to collaborate with them, and I do think, like BTS or other bands that the studio brings together, sometimes there’s just synergy, and it works. [LAUGHTER]

John: I really do like the title of AI-aware teaching, which I think fits nicely with Annette’s comment that it was somewhat in the middle, not at one of the poles, as many of the other books and approaches tend to be. Before we start talking about AI and teaching with AI, could you explain what you meant by AI-aware teaching?

Annette: So, I can start with that one. As Marc said, we were all in the process of writing this book, confronting our own feelings about AI in complex ways, and I think all of us had been wrestling with this, of course, before the book, because we’d all been working in this space for years, but the fact that I am absolutely an AI user, I find it really interesting. My work is in writing technologies, it’s the most exciting writing technology, certainly in my lifetime. So, there’s all these really interesting feelings, and then as a teacher, there’s these other feelings about students and shortcutting and the future of higher ed, and all these things, but the main thing is, as a technology, I think it’s just really important to be aware of what it is and what’s out there, and what that means is, for AI-aware teaching, it means understanding what the technology is and does, and not, you know, what it did three years ago, but what it’s doing now, and what are the possible future trajectories for it, and that includes all sorts of things about environmental impacts and politics, as well as the technology, and then also what students are actually doing with it, not what we would like them to be doing with it, or what they say they’re doing with it, but what they’re actually doing with it, so that involves a little bit of research and listening, and then figuring out what it is that we want students to get out of our classes, rethinking our learning goals, things like that, and then kind of recalibrating, given the current landscape, how we get to those learning goals that we have had, or revisiting those learning goals, maybe they need to be revised, and that is, I guess, my kind of sense of AI-aware teaching.

Derek: And I’ll add that I feel like there is a lot of discourse in higher ed that seems to indicate there are two camps: either you are refusing to use AI or resisting it, or you’re all in and you’re doing all these things with it, and I like the AI-aware framing, which is to say those could both be reasonable choices, but we need to understand what we’re dealing with, both the technologies and our students and our own teaching goals, and then make informed intentional choices. And I would argue that most faculty, once they’ve gone through that process, land on some mix of resisting AI in some parts of their teaching and engaging with AI in other parts of their teaching, and I think that’s okay, and I think we have a lot to offer in the book for faculty who are any mix of those two poles in how they actually practice AI-aware teaching.

Marc: Absolutely. I find myself sometimes in the middle of an assignment, designing assignment, being drawn into, let’s use AI, this aspect, let’s absolutely resist, refuse using AI in these different aspects, and then thinking about, from the student experiences, how they’re going to go through those same types of things to confront it. I think Annette’s point too is very apt for a moment too. The interface behind ChatGPT has not changed, but the models have underneath it, and the expectations I have from a lot of faculty is that they’ve tested these systems back in 2022/3, or 24 that they have a singular experience using them, and it was not very good or productive. Now things have changed pretty radically. These are not just language models, they’re, in theory, world models gainng the simulations of these different types of experiences, and so we have to be aware of what that is going to do for ourselves and for our students, and there are some, I think, very good benefits that can come out of this, but also be very cautious about it too, just trying to find that balanced pathway.

Rebecca: Can you talk a little bit about the structure of the book? There’s a couple parts to it. Can you reveal the underlying structure?

Derek: Yeah, I’ll take a stab at that. The book has two parts, and like these books, you can read any chapter in any order you want. I never do that. That’s not who I am. I read things from front to back. [LAUGHTER]

Annette: You’re revealing a lot of things today about yourself, Derek. [LAUGHTER]

Derek: People tell me they read books in other ways. [LAUGHTER]

Rebecca: All these exclusives…

Derek: But, I do think part one is meant to be moved through somewhat linearly, and that it walks you through the AI-aware teaching idea, so that we’ve have a chapter on what AI is and what it does. We have a chapter on how students are using AI, as best we can tell from the research and the surveys and the focus groups that have been done. And so the goal of part one is to help you do those aspects of AI-aware teaching, and then hopefully land on an approach to AI that really fits your course and your goals, and to start to shape how you might communicate that approach to your students through policies or guidance. Part two is very much more a random access part. We have a chapter on in-class activities that are AI aware and out of class activities that are AI aware. We have a chapter on AI and reading, a chapter on AI and writing, a chapter on AI for tutoring, and so it’s much more about where do you see AI showing up in the particular pieces of your courses and your teaching, and what ideas can you get to help you make again more informed intentional choices in those particular aspects. We also have a chapter on AI and academic integrity, because that’s kind of the elephant in the room. [LAUGHTER]

Annette: …that’s the first thing everybody asks us at workshops.

Derek: So we put it last.

Marc: It is, yeah. yeah, yeah. You got to get through the book if you want to get to the last chapter.

Derek: Well, I do at least.

Annette: Yeah, yeah.

Rebecca: I like how it was almost an afterthought there, In the way that you’re presenting it, [LAUGHTER]like it really was an elephant in the room.

Derek: Yeah, because I feel like it’s where so many conversations start, but I don’t know that those conversations are always super productive. I think it’s much more productive to get more grounding in who our students are, what the tools are doing, what our goals are, and then once we’ve got some of that infrastructure, that kind of mental infrastructure in place, we’re in a much better position to make good choices about how we respond to academic integrity concerns.

Marc: Imagine that, approaching this from not an emotional standpoint, but one that’s actually based on evidence of those types of things. I kid, of course. I mean, look, a lot of people are at that really gut-wrenching situation three, almost four, years since ChatGPT was launched. I do think one of the goals that I had personally writing this book, too, was to figure out ways to help faculty move past that initial gut reaction of just thinking about ChatGPT, generative AIs, as a cheating tool, and to start thinking about more broadly about when is it acceptable to use this, when it is not. How can we articulate that to our students through our learning outcomes? And what we did, I think, a really good job in the book, too, is looking out at the world of academia, too, and finding wonderful examples from faculty in how they’re actually incorporating a lot of these different types of experiences for their students, and how they’re sort of wrestling with these questions too.

Annette: Yeah, absolutely. I do think that that’s really the most exciting part about this book, is that we feature so many really concrete, tested examples from teachers at community colleges, at research universities, teaching colleges, just like everywhere, and for a long time I ran our graduate training in the English department for teachers, and now I run faculty development for AI, and this book sort of answers a lot of questions of sources that I would like when I’m teaching those kinds of things, like what do I want to assign that gives a kind of theoretical background, and also that kind of trust students, acknowledges student agency, trusts teachers and their expertise in whatever disciplines they’re teaching in, because it is meant to be something that moves across disciplines, and then gives them a whole bunch of examples, and there’s not answers in there, but there’s a whole lot of things to adapt, and so hopefully that’s useful for working teachers.

John: As you’ve noted, one of the concerns that many faculty have is that students may use it in ways that are not conducive or supportive of their learning. And actually, Derek had a recent podcast where he was talking with some people in math, how earlier on it was easy to detect the use of AI, because AI tools often got things wrong, but that’s much less true today, especially for the paid versions and the deep thinking versions of these tools. So, what are some strategies that faculty can use to assess student learning and their skill development in a world where they have access to these increasingly capable AI tools?

[AWKWARD PAUSE]

Marc: Let’s keep the awkward pause in here… [LAUGHTER]

Annette: I do feel that awkward pause. [LAUGHTER]

Marc: I do. Well, I can take the lead here on this one, if you guys don’t mind, then I’ll hand it off. I think strategies are evolving. I think that how we are seeing these tools being deployed and marketed to students, too, is part of our awareness to see this sort of version of it too. AI detection is also changing alongside all these other tools as well. I’ve really leaned in personally for myself, and also included examples too, about emphasizing disclosure when AI is being used, both from the student perspectives, but I think it’s also important for faculty to start having these conversations themselves, too. We are not only seeing students use AI, we’re starting to see faculty now really adopt these in all parts of the course, including in some cases grading. So, if you’re going to use AI in that sort of manner, too, you probably want to think about disclosing it as just sort of a baseline expectation and giving some great examples about what, as I said, in a recent talk, too, there’s performative disclosure, there’s exhaustive disclosure, we give them everything, but then there’s authentic disclosure, where you want to have a conversation, we want to have a dialog about how AI is being used, because in some ways you’re genuinely curious about how this is actually being used by students, and if it can be able to support them, and there’s lots of analytics you can use with the course management system, too, to track student behavior. That’s one thing to kind of be there to just make it visible, but the main strategy there is that you really want to have a situation where you can have conversations with them in some way, shape, or form. That’s very difficult for a high enrollment class, or if you’re teaching six sections, which some of our faculty are doing, and can’t actually have those types of relationships,

Derek: I’ll add that what I hear fairly consistently from students through surveys and panels that I’ve been a part of is that they want some clarity on what the boundary lines are around what’s appropriate use of AI and what’s not, and there’s lots of different ways to try to communicate those boundary lines. There’s the AI assessment scale, which says for this assessment, these are the types of uses that are okay. You can do it at a course level and say it’s okay to use AI for figuring out a hard concept or brainstorming ideas, but you can’t use it for drafting, or you can use it for editing. We’ve seen lots of different examples of how faculty are helping to define those boundary lines for students. In some cases, to Marc’s point about good conversations, they are figuring out those boundary lines with their students through conversation. They’re kind of coming together to come up with good policies around this kind of thing. And I think, though, an important piece of this is that most students want to know kind of what’s allowed and what’s not allowed, right? That’s a big piece of it. But I think students are also concerned about what’s going to help my learning and what’s not going to help my learning, and they are not always in a good position to know what uses of AI are going to be conducive to their best learning. They’re novices, they’re figuring out how to learn. We may have a better idea of that. We may be figuring it out too, in many cases, because AI is so new, but it’s not just about how can we secure our assessments. And from the student’s perspective, it’s not just about how can I stay out of trouble, but there’s a strong element of how can we actually help learning happen in the ways that are meaningful, and figuring out those boundary lines together is one way to get at that shared goal that we and our students both have.

Annette: I think that’s important, that shared goal, because one of the things that we know from what students tell us about their experiences of AI in classes is that they are really frustrated about a lot of what’s happening in that there is lack of clarity in policies, most of what they see in policies is do not do this, rather than here’s some good ways to use AI, and they find that sometimes infantilizing, I think, and unrealistic, and then they also don’t like it when their peers are overusing AI, and that kind of cheapens their own experience and degree and their effort, and so they have a lot of feelings about it. Marc started out by saying, talking to students, I think that’s really the crucial thing, and I think there’s ways you can do that and certainly we talk about that in the book, you can do that in large lecture classes and through asynchronous surveys, all sorts of ways. It’s possible to hear from students in a lot of different ways, but I think that’s super important, and also one of the reasons why I said in the answer to the last question about student agency is that we need to make sure that students are getting what their goals are out of our classes, we have external goals and things that we want them to get out of classes, but they have their own goals, and they have their own interests in learning, as Derek mentioned. So, can we help them align those goals that they have to what we’re doing in the class, and help them articulate how this class is going to help them in the future, because our students are also nervous about job prospects and all sorts of things, and I think the more that we can lean into the fact that we’re there to support their learning, we can help all of those conceptual things. The other thing that we talk about in the book some is the University of Sydney two-lane assessment, which I think is a helpful framework, thinking about, on the one hand, secured assessment, and that is like proctored exams or things where you have a really clear idea that the person who is represented here in this space is the same person you’re assessing learning of this particular person, and then you’ve got a lot of spaces of open assessment where students are doing homework, low key, et cetera, they may or may not be able to use AI. And so, I think that one of the reasons why we get that question all the time, about like, how do you stop students from cheating, or whatever, in workshops, is that the labor that teachers are going through is so significant right now, and nobody wants to do the surveillance and policing, zero teachers want to do that, and trying to figure out how do you actually assess what a student is doing is so much work, and so if we can narrow that space down, and then let students play around a little bit more with here’s possible positive ways of using AI to enhance your learning, in ways that they may not necessarily know already. As Derek said, they want to work on their learning, but it’s not always clear what that looks like, and that’s part of why we have teaching experts in the room, that is us, right? So we’re giving all very complicated answers to this, and that’s because there is no silver bullet. We keep coming back to that in the book. There are no easy answers, and we do not give easy answers in this book, because they’re just aren’t present.

Marc: That’s absolutely right. And she also hit on something that I think we were all really attuned to, is the labor of this going through the sort of response to AI. Doesn’t matter if you want to engage AI to or refuse it to, you’re still going to have to really focus on work, and part of what we’ve been doing too is trying to find different strategies to support faculty, so that’s not so overwhelming, trying to think about even taking some steps from, like, Jim Lang’s small teaching moments to bring up these types of conversations, because we realize that not all faculty are going to have support from wonderful teaching and learning centers. Some faculty are going to be contingent and sometimes not have much support at all, too, and they still are going to want to practice some type of AI awareness with their class and their actual day to day lives, so labor, I think, is a really big one we’ve been talking about as we go through it.

Rebecca: I think one of the spaces we get a lot of questions is on the asynchronous online environment, in particular, because it’s extra challenging to figure out ways to do assessments or to do quick checks for learning in that environment where it’s completely vulnerable to AI in the ways that maybe we have historically done these things. Those that teach in in- class settings have moved to using blue books and some other things occasionally. What advice do you have for some faculty that are specifically in this asynchronous environment that are hitting some slightly different challenges than you might encounter in a face-to-face class.

Marc: I think the best piece of advice I could offer, because I drafted, I think, a chapter that we try to talk about this, is to breathe and not take this personally. It’s not against you, and there’s certain things you can control. Sometimes you have options with your modality you pick as a teacher, sometimes that’s picked for you, but you can also really search for ways that you are more present inside of your online class that makes it more embodied for yourself and for your students. I’m doing that myself now too, with my hybrid and online classes too, trying to be more there with them, having more conversations, and just also making myself more available to them too, because one thing that I think we’ve all noticed is that if you are doing an asynchronous course on autopilot, not only is that very prone to AI misuse, but also there’s a debate too, if you’re not there as the teaching expert, that you’re not there as the person in the room, too, what is necessarily being lost if a student is going to use AI in that context? So that does really reveal a lot of our practice that we’ve gone through to start thinking about it. For the security aspect, too, there are layers of things that you can do in these courses. You can, if you’d like to engage a lockdown browser for some assessment types, secure it. That’s not going to work for everything, but you can also switch over and think about doing a mix of video assignments. I do a lot of work instead of the discussion board in my online classes with videos. I don’t do the talking head thing anymore, too, where they just read a script, which, because that script is generally generated by AI, I have them actually write something or do something else there with, if they’re doing a multimodal project, share their screen and work in real time on the screen too, or they do a recording of that asynchronously, so I want them actually working in practice, showing me that process, because even the AI is involved in that too. They’re still working through those decisions, they’re still thinking about those things. So, there are some strategies we can use. They are going to be complicated. I do think we need a little bit more support from our course management systems to work with us, especially now that agentic AI is here. How many students know about agentic AI, I think is a very good question. I think most of them will associate generative AI with ChatGPT, just like Google is synonymous with search. I don’t think they’ve risen to the point, too, of they’re all going out to use agents to go through and crash their courses. I would actually say that faculty are maybe more aware of that than students are, which is a good thing to start thinking about where this is headed, but it is something to be thoughtful about as we go forward too, because as these systems become more and more advanced and also more autonomous in what they can do with the different workflows, it’s not just gonna be students that are going to be adopting them, we have news that Canvas is going to have an AI teaching agent there as well, with certain limitations and guardrails, but this is just sort of the start of this new version of working with these tools, and we need to start thinking about what sort of boundaries we want to put in place, both for students and for ourselves with them.

Derek: I think for the online space, as you say, Rebecca, the online asynchronous is kind of the perfect storm of AI problems. I’ve been thinking that there’s an impulse to try to solve that problem through better course design. If we can have more transparent learning objectives, if our assignments are more authentic, if we can combine those, so students know here’s why I’m doing this project, and here’s what I’m going to get out of it, and it aligns with my personal and professional goals. Those are all things that are going to help students resist an unhelpful use of AI and lean into the hard work of learning. I don’t think that’s sufficient. [LAUGHTER] I do think that’s necessary. I think that’s good teaching to begin with. I do think we also need to have a cybersecurity mindset that says there’s going to be bad actors who are using tools that are problematic, and we’re going to need help from our IT infrastructure to figure out how we can block things and prevent things. I think there’s sometimes an impulse just to do that, right? Like somehow we can technology our way out of this problem. I really do think we need both. I think we need better curricula that better align with students’ goals in more transparent ways, and we also need to think about the technology tools that we’re going to use. So, one of the metaphors I think I shared with our author group was the notion of a locked door, so I have a locked door in the front of my house. It’s my understanding I haven’t tried this, it’s my understanding that with about an hour and a few simple tools and YouTube, any one of us could figure out how to pick the lock on the front of my door. The technology itself is not super secure, but it communicates to anyone coming by, you’re not supposed to just walk in my house, you need to ask first, and so sometimes it’s tempting to think about the kind of anti-cheating technologies as like a secure barrier, like we’re going to keep out all of the cheating, we’re not going to keep out all the cheating, we’re going to keep out some of the cheating, but we’re also going to communicate what those boundary lines to students are a lot more clearly to say these are signals we give to students to say don’t do this and please do this instead. The research on academic integrity says most students don’t cheat because they’re evil people, [LAUGHTER] mostly it’s because of the current environmental situation that they’re facing. And so if we can create those signals and boundary lines that help students make a better choice in the moment, I think that’s a lot of the good that we can do in this case.

Annette: I love that metaphor of Derek’s. I think it’s really helpful, but one of the things that signals is not only to the students who would be cheaters, who might, if it were just a little bit easier, make a different decision, but it’s also indicating to students that their fellow students are getting the same message, and so there is a “here in this space we respect academic integrity, and that means you should also feel comfortable doing the real work and leaning into the hard work of learning,” as Derek said, because they do feel like suckers if they’re doing that hard work and their peers are not, even if it’s not on a curve, you know, whatever, there’s like that deep inherent feeling of unfairness, so I think that’s really crucial. Marc brought up the point of agentic AI, and how that might be more of an issue in online teaching, and that maybe faculty are more aware of it now than students, which is maybe a good space for us to be thinking about that. One of the reasons why I feel like I’m not as worried about agentic AI is that it is so clearly an academic integrity violation. Something else is impersonating you and doing the work of you on a platform, which isn’t to say that it won’t happen, of course it’s happening even now, but that casual, like, is this or is this not against the policy? It’s really against the policy you survey students, and they’re like, “No, flat out, that is just absolutely wrong,” versus, “well, this policy says no AI, but it doesn’t go into details, and I did some brainstorming, but I didn’t use it for writing,” like that is “who knows, like maybe,” they weren’t really specific. So I think that’s more the space that when we talk to students, we can help them think through, “Okay, this is why I really don’t want you to use AI for brainstorming… for these specific reasons here, and maybe it’s good in other contexts, but not here.” And so this is why I think agentic AI, certainly we should be paying attention to it, but I just do not envision a future in which all college students are absolutely botting their way through their degrees.

John: You talk about a number of strategies that can be used in terms of getting student buy-in to reduce the excessive reliance on AI, but are there any other strategies that you can think of that might be able to deter students from using AI in ways that are harmful?

Derek: So, I can think of a couple more. We’ve talked about the big ones around having transparency with students about learning objectives and what they’re going to gain out of this learning experience, we’ve talked about more authentic assignments that kind of connect more with students’ interests. I think a lot of faculty are experimenting with alternative grading schemes that are changing the motivational landscape for students and giving them more opportunities to revise and resubmit and try again. That’s going to take some of the high stakes away that might lead students to take shortcuts. Again, not a silver bullet, but it’s part of those environmental factors. We talked about online courses, and it’s easy sometimes to forget that even in online courses our students are humans with bodies in real physical environments, and so I’m seeing some faculty start to think creatively, like Marc was saying, about how could we do some process tracking where they are doing some work, and it’s recorded, or are there assignments that are going to get them out of their laptop zone and into the real world to do something that’s connected to your course? Again, not a silver bullet, but adding that to our mix of engagements, I think, can help students shy away from shortcuts. And the other thing I would say is, I referred to this earlier, students are learning how to learn when we encounter them. We are probably better learners than they are, maybe not in all cases, but we’re experienced academics, we’re pretty good at learning. AI is changing how we approach learning in our own disciplines, but what I would argue for is giving students more opportunities to do some metacognitive work, reflecting on their own learning in our courses, and thinking about how they used AI. Was it helpful? Was it not helpful? They had to read a hard chapter this week. What were the strategies they used to make it through that hard chapter? Which strategies were more or less helpful for that? And some of those strategies may involve AI, and some may not. Our students are going to go, and they’re going to have access to AI tools when they leave us. Hopefully, we can equip them to use those tools with some level of discernment, and that involves some self knowledge and some metacognitive thinking, and so I think we should start to build those opportunities in our courses for students.

Rebecca: Well, you’ve teed this up nicely, Derek. Thinking about the workplace and how AI is used in the workplace, are there ways that we should be rethinking or adjusting our learning objectives for our courses to either cycle out some skills or particular things that maybe were in there before, and put in some new things. I think at the top, Annette, you talked a little bit about a moment to reflect on [LAUGHTER] learning objectives and potentially take it as an opportunity to revise.

Annette: Yeah, absolutely. Derek used the word discernment, and that’s a word we really hooked into in the book, is thinking about how students can exercise careful judgment about when to use AI, when not to use AI. We all know a dozen examples of contexts in which people have used AI in places that are absolutely inappropriate, either for human means, either for signing off on something that shouldn’t have been signed off on, hallucinations, inaccuracies, all sorts of things, and I feel like my goal is to have students [LAUGHTER] not do that, like don’t put us in the headlines, you know,[LAUGHTER] which I think is something that goes over well with administrators at any university. But, really it’s like, how do you make good judgment on what AI looks like when you go into the workplace, and there are so many workplaces that really are leaning in, and it is kind of unregulated in a lot of ways. It’s surreptitious, it’s tacit, it’s the secret cyborg that Ethan Mollick talks about, and so I think it is really important for students to not just like, “here’s how you do prompt engineering,” but something that’s much more sophisticated about how are you supplementing the knowledge that you have when you’re using these tools.

Marc: Yeah, the goal with discernment, too. I mean, I’ll just give you an example, too. I just spoke with our law school, and they are getting a lot of interesting signals from the legal industry about how they want AI to be used and not used. You can actually go on to the AI hallucination case database. Someone’s actually set this up. There’s 1300 hallucinated cases, along with the sanction that the judge, who, of course, was very upset, found out AI was used in a way that created fictitious case law. So there is that issue too, of using AI inappropriate.

Derek: And just to clarify, these are real lawyers who have submitted briefs to courts where there were hallucinated content in those briefs, and they were caught on it and called out and punishment. And there’s a website that tracks all this, and I think it’s just a weird, strange world we’re living in, where that continues to happen, and someone is tracking all of that.

Marc: Indeed, yeah. And to make it even stranger now, the opposite end of the spectrum is they’re hearing from a lot of corporate interests too, is that when they go to bill them for their hours, they want to have AI listed there, not as disclosure for hallucinations, but how much money did you save us by using AI, or did you use enough AI. So there are some really wild mixed signals, depending on what your discipline is, about what your industry is, as well, too. And helping students navigate that is a big challenge. Helping faculty now navigate those questions, too. It’s like, okay, do I need my students to learn about AI to avoid hallucinations? Oh, wait, you have to learn about AI because you’re being billed for it if you don’t use it enough. So, it’s really fascinating just to see this play out. That’s just one example. We have this in different industries too. I’ve talked with folks in hospitality management. AI is a massive tool in that industry right now, and they’re having some issues that they’re doing this with too much AI for the audience and upsetting them too, but also, having that same sort of situation too, where your company you’re working with, or you’re supposed to be working with, is demanding you use AI to cut overhead. So it is going to be a challenge to navigate, for sure.

Rebecca: So, are we revising our learning objectives?

Derek: I think, to Marc’s point, I think it depends a lot on the discipline that you’re in and how things are shaking out. So, like in computer science, the goal of learning how to write basic code is less important now. The goal of figuring out how to evaluate the quality of some other code that you’ve been given, whether it was written by a human or an AI or not, the kind of reading and evaluating code that’s more important now. Over in a writing class, though, writing the first draft is kind of the equivalent to drafting that code, right? Is writing the first draft not important because AI can do it? I don’t think so. I think the ideation and brainstorming that happens during that first draft is super important, and so similar moves with AI in different disciplines may be thought of very differently in those disciplines because of kind of what’s under the surface there, and so that’s why I think a lot of these conversations, around learning objectives in particular, need to happen within the disciplines and within the fields, particularly if those disciplines are having some conversations with how the workforce is changing.

Annette: One of the things that we talk about in the writing chapter, to kind of extend a little bit what Derek was talking about, is that there are different important aspects of the intellectual process across different aspects of writing, so I teach in an English department, and that means that that ideation, the brainstorming, the writing is kind of the argument, and that’s the work. I also spent eight years working in a neuroscience lab, and in that lab I did some of the writing. That was inconsequential, because, like, I didn’t design the experiments, I didn’t, I mean, sometimes I actually did sleep deprive [LAUGHTER] the rats, but I didn’t really do the work, the intellectual work of the lab, and so I didn’t get an authorship credit, rightly so. And so when we look across disciplines, it is really important. This is why we keep saying in the book, we trust you to figure this out, is like you have to think about like what is the intellectual work that’s happening in your class and in your discipline and for your students, so that you can pinpoint that intellectual work and make sure that it’s enhanced or at least not undermined by AI. And then maybe, such as what Marc is talking about with the legal profession, you need to integrate AI or help students think about how they might thoughtfully do that, because they’ll need to have that skill moving forward,

John: And by connecting to what people in the fields where students are likely to go into when they graduate, it can create more authentic learning opportunities where students are using AI in the same way they might be expecting to use it later, I think. We’ve talked a little bit about all the concerns that faculty have, but there’s lots of ways in which AI might be useful to assist with student learning. Can you talk a little bit about some ways in which AI tools can be helpful in increasing student learning?

Derek: So, I’ll jump in. I’ve had a journey on this, because I feel like when I started writing with these two, I was the like all in on AI, and let’s use it to augment our teaching and then create new learning experiences for students. The more I went through the writing process, the more I’ve talked with faculty this past year, the more mixed I am, and the more kind of avoiding AI piece has been a much more important to think about, like we do want to protect the space for students to learn in meaningful ways. That said, here’s my current metaphor for thinking about this. [LAUGHTER] You’ve probably heard of the forklift in the gym metaphor. If you want to move weights around in the gym, you don’t bring a forklift in and move them, you go in and you lift your weights. That’s the point of the exercise, is for you to do it and to let your muscles get that strength training. Yes, the forklift will move the weights, but that’s not the point. Some uses of AI are like that, they are doing the work for students, they are moving the weights for students, and the students aren’t getting anything out of that. But I would argue that there’s another machine that actually you do find in gyms, which is the treadmill. I’m a runner, when I want to run and it’s 35 degrees outside and raining, I don’t want to run outside, I want to go to the gym and run on a treadmill. The treadmill is not doing the work for me, but it is creating conditions under which I can do the work, and so those are the uses of AI that I was initially drawn to, and I continue to be drawn to. How can we use AI in ways that are going to create new learning opportunities for students without robbing them of the exercise themselves? And so that’s things like having students critique the output of some AI chatbot that’s doing some task associated with your course. It gives them a chance to practice the knowledge and skills they’re building. This can be a tricky assignment if the AI does too good of a job in whatever you’ve asked it to do. There may not be enough to critique, but lots of faculty are finding places or particular AI tools that still have kind of big flaws in them. We have one example in our book of a math faculty member who had an AI generate flawed proofs to mathematical statements, and the student’s job was to evaluate those proofs. That’s a great opportunity for practice. Other faculty are having AI give feedback to the students on their work, and I think you have to do that in a thoughtful way, so that students aren’t just kind of taking the AI feedback. As gospel, that they are in a position where they can question that, maybe compare that to feedback they’re getting from their peers on a particular assignment. You also don’t want to kind of abdicate your own role of giving students feedback, so thinking of AI-generated feedback as one step in a process that later involves you giving feedback to your students. But well-designed prompts to AI can generate really useful and actionable feedback for students, and so that’s a treadmill kind of thing. And I guess the third big category I would mention is custom AI chatbots that are designed to simulate certain types of interactions or conversations for students, so that they can practice talking to a client or talking to a patient, or what have you. That’s a treadmill kind of use of AI, and a lot of faculty are having a lot of success with that, in part, because the fuzziness and unpredictability of an AI chatbot becomes a feature, not a bug, of that type of activity. The fact that it’s unreliable and contradicts itself is okay, because that often happens in the types of professional settings that we’re preparing students to enter.

Annette: One additional thing I think teachers are doing, which is super exciting, and I saw evidence of this in the faculty development seminar that I teach at University of Pittsburgh, is teachers are starting to basically vibe code their own apps that are supporting learning, which is just amazing to see, actually, because here is this opportunity to create this nichey little thing that is not going to be served by some big platform and subscription blah blah blah, it’s like I teach this particular really difficult concept. It draws on these different databases and government websites, and blah blah blah. We always have trouble with it. Students struggle to put this all together. It’s really hard to visualize, etc. Or you can ask Claude to make up a cool interface where students can play around with it, and then actually really get a good sense of this complex thing that I try to teach. Or here’s this visualization thing in a science class of we’re looking at a sample on their microscope, and you can change it into a diagram, and that can make it a little more easy for students to tell what it is, label the parts, things like that, and those kinds of real-time transitions across modes, say from image to diagram, or the interfaces. I hope that we see an explosion of those kinds of teaching tools that teachers are able to innovate with using AI on the back end, then, so, like, students aren’t directly using AI, but they’re interacting with the results of AI.

Marc: Yeah, I think for me the easiest way to start is to define AI’s role in the sort of relationship you have with your own teaching, and also set that up for your students to give it a specific role, develop rapport with your students, that level of trust as you go through this to see if this is effective in their learning outcomes. I am a little bit concerned about the fact too that some students have very expensive subscriptions to certain AI tools and services, while others are using the free plan, and what that’s going to do for assessment, and also equity and accessibility issues too, going forward. But you only get to find that out if they’re talking to you about this, if they’re doing this openly, and so when you have that rapport set up there too, like I’m doing right now, my advanced class about AI and society, my students are now given free rein to design things that they like with AI, after knowing about it too, and showing me and teaching me how they’re using these tools to learn, which I think is really cool, and as Annette mentioned, too, a lot of them are vibe coding now with Claude, which is just wild. When we were doing this six months ago, too, Claude really wouldn’t do a very good job. You do some very simple sort of things. Now we have some students vibe coding entire simulations of video games that are pretty impressive, and actual apps too. And teachers can do the same. So, once you’re comfortable with it, once you have that rapport there too, you can really start going into the creative possibilities about what AI can do to help. The challenge there is that there isn’t kind of a limit to it. It’s very hard to basically say where this learning stops with the technology when you can design so many different things based off of your imagination, and that is something to just kind of be thoughtful about, too, because it is a lot to just kind of press faculty on as well, especially if there are just one or two different use cases. Well, it’s this technology’s like clay, throw it on a pot, you can really turn it into anything that you want. And my response from some people have been like, “that’s a lot to take in,” like, “yes, it is.”

Rebecca: Just don’t forget to ask for accessibility features when you’re vibe coding,

Marc: Exactly, exactly. It’s a big thing.

Rebecca: So, we’ve talked a little bit about, well we’ve talked a lot about ways that generative AI might be able to be used to enhance student learning. In some of those discussions, we’ve talked a little bit about how it might also support teaching. Do you have any additional examples on how AI might be used to enhance our teaching?

Marc: Yeah, I’ll give you one that I’ve been using personally, that, like many faculty, I think I was in a bit of a secondary sprint here to try to bring my courses up to Title II compliance, and we got a reprieve that was sort of last minute, but it’s only a year-long rep, so we are still going to have to make sure our additional materials are fully accessible to be compliant with federal law. And I actually used a version of Claude to go through some of my course materials, and set it up to look at the different accessibility guidelines. I thought I’d done a very good job six months ago, and it turns out that no, I missed quite a few things, and it was actually very good to have that sort of experience for an AI tool to go through and sort of check your work. So, I think having AI as a tool that could sort of audit certain things – accessibility is one of them too – but also going through some of my course learning outcomes and seeing the ways that an AI system might look at that and compare it to a different university’s course learning outcomes. How up to speed am I and my peer institutions, and give me some options. I really do think if we were using AI iteratively, we can kind of make sure that we are the ones that are staying in the driver seat, if you will, and really center both not only student agency but in this case, teacher agency, to make sure that they’re making the right choices, and giving yourself some good options with AI to go through that process can be very helpful, and in my case, very eye-opening to me about these types of situations. I will say, my course, I had really done is one of my summer courses that I had not run in about two years. [LAUGHTER] I was just like, “oh yeah, I did that,” and no, I did not actually revisit that for accessibility concerns from two years ago. So AI can do quite a bit.

Annette: Yeah, like Marc, I’m very excited about the possibilities of AI to augment all of the details of teaching that we do, not the kind of human connection and the grading and the assessment and the reading and that kind of thing, but I think Marc’s example about how to make a course more accessible is excellent. The other thing I’ve been using right now is we have an institutional subscription to Claude, and I’ve used the MS 365 connector now, which basically hooks Claude up to my Outlook on my email, and what I found is having semantic search on my email is like a game changer. It’s just like I can ask questions of 15 years of emails and folders and all sorts of things, but I can ask questions of it that help me summarize conversations that are revived. It helps me right now think about my year-end report, like reporting that we have to do. How much time did I spend and what did I forget about the things that I did? Inevitably, you always forget things, and Claude is helping me locate those things right now. I have colleagues who have used Claude to design things that help fix the somewhat broken scheduling system that they have to deal with. It’s all these things that are super essential to the infrastructure of how a university runs, but there’s a lot of technologies that are either too big, clunky, they aren’t specific to whatever things that we need to do, and I think that I absolutely agree with Marc that the more we’re practicing these things as faculty, the better we are at understanding their limitations, their possibilities, and these are things too, like if I had a secretary, then I guess it would be replacing my secretary, but I don’t. This isn’t like undermining the intellectual work that I do as a professor. It’s not putting somebody out of a job, but it is really making my reporting more accurate and better. And so I think it’s important to recognize those possibilities.

Rebecca: I think that gets back to something you guys were talking about earlier, and using it to do some of the tasks, but it’s not the intellectual work of being a faculty member.

Marc: It’s also not the relationship aspect, too. That’s the big thing that, to me, again, part of AI awareness is just where are you going to put some boundaries in place, too. I use these tools all the time, like Annette does, but there are certain things I don’t want to do with my students. I’ve told them I’m not going to do this to write letters of recommendation, I’m not going to use it to answer emails, I’m also not going to use it to grade. Those are my sort of boundaries. Other people are going to be very different what they set up, but to me the best thing to do is just put yourself in conversation with that and start considering where you are going to draw the line and why.

Annette: And the other thing to note, too, that what I love about the way that Marc is talking about this is he’s really open with his students about that, like I’m not going to use it to grade, I’m not going to use it to do this, and I do think that as we ask our students to be transparent with their uses, it’s really important for us to be transparent with them about the uses that we have of AI, and I think they have some suspicions, they are frustrated, they’re interested. The students have all sorts of feelings about faculty uses of AI, and we need to take that into account when we use them. But I don’t think the students would care about me using AI in my email, [LAUGHTER] not for the writing of emails. I don’t use it for the writing of emails, but like for searching, like what are all the things I did for this committee for my department.

Marc: Now they’re not going to care about that, they’re going to care about the writing of emails. I agree, and you know the big thing to think about too, and I know we’re kind of dragging on the question, but this fall it’s going to be four years that high school students have had complete access to ChatGPT to generative AI coming forward. They’re not just going to be Plato exiting the cave, they never were entering our classes. They’re going to have experience using these tools, resisting these tools, and having that. And having this sort of conversation with them too, I think, is really important to think about their own agency when it comes to using or not using AI.

John: And the things you’ve discussed are ways where we can free up some time, so that we can have more time to devote to students, but there might be also some ways in which we could use AI directly to perhaps improve our teaching. One of the things I’ve done with faculty is have them use AI tools to help put their assignments in a TILT framework to make it more transparent to students, because we know what we mean when we ask students to do an assignment, but they don’t always know that, and that can be a nice way of evaluating it, to have an AI tool read it from the perspective of a student and put it in terms that may be meaningful, or perhaps to evaluate a syllabus for inclusive language and things that might get past us without the use of an AI tool, or use it to suggest some active learning exercises if we were mostly doing lectures, for people who want to move away from that, but aren’t quite as comfortable.

Marc: Yeah, absolutely. And there is an element of humility in that, too. You’re asking a system to help you perform your job, and that is something that I’ve talked with a lot of faculty about, that for them, they’re like, “no, I’m not going to do this,” but like, try it. Here’s an exercise, see if it is. And generally, there is that sort of aha moment when we do this in a workshop. They’re like, “oh, wow, so yeah, this is actually kind of helpful for me.” This is something I might take back and show to my colleagues and help them understand what’s going on too.

Rebecca: So we always wrap up by asking, what’s next?

Derek: I’m excited that the book is coming out this summer. That’s a big what’s next for me, I think, to help support that and to continue these conversations. I’ve been reaching out to a lot of the faculty whose work we mentioned in the book to have them on my Intentional Teaching podcast, and so I’m excited to continue some of these conversations in this audio format this summer.

Marc: Like Derek, I’m very excited about the book too, trying to plan what level of support that I can bring to faculty from a lot of these examples that we go out there to do lots of workshops and also lots of different engagements, both internally here at my university and also externally too. So happy to see that basically pop up and be out there in the world too, starting this summer for the ebook, and then the print book will be out at some point in time, early in the fall.

Annette: I’m excited, also like my co-authors, about the book being done. It’s always a big project, as Marc said at the beginning here, it’s a real sprint, it was a really intensive timeline. To take a commercial publisher and get something from conception to publication in less than a year is unbelievable, which is kind of the pace of AI, and it shows Norton’s priority for the book, too, which I was happy about. So, yeah, what’s next is, well, I’m working on an academic monograph about a long history of AI, and so I’m excited to do that. I feel like we learned so much in the process of writing the book, like all of the different worked examples from the teachers. I really am so grateful for the teachers that were happy to share those examples with us and with other teachers through this book. What I’d really like to do is I’ve been integrating some of those examples again with permission and workshops and things like that, and then to do that work at home too at Pitt and think more cutting edge about what we can do with the technologies that we have access to locally, and how I can work with the incredible colleagues that I have here at Pitt, and the students, how we might further student research too, which I’ve been working on here at Pitt too. So I’m excited about that next chapter, and I really am excited to learn more from other teachers, especially with the new innovations with vibe coding and all those kinds of experiments. I think we are on the precipice of some other hopefully interesting pivots in the ways that we approach education.

John: Well, thank you for joining us. We really enjoyed the conversation, and we’re really looking forward to seeing the book when it comes out. In fact, we’ve listed it as a reading group we’ll be running on campus in the fall, so we’re especially looking forward to seeing the final version.

Rebecca: Well, thanks. This was really great.

Annette: Thank you so much.

Marc: Thank you, guys. I appreciate it.

[MUSIC]

John: If you’ve enjoyed this podcast, please subscribe and leave a review on Apple Podcasts or your favorite podcast service. To continue the conversation, join us on our Tea for Teaching Facebook page.

Rebecca: You can find show notes, transcripts and other materials on teaforteaching.com. Music by Michael Gary Brewer.

John: Editing Assistance provided by Madison Lee.

[MUSIC]

447. UDL at Scale

The Universal Design for Learning framework is often adopted by individual faculty for particular courses. In this episode, Tom Tobin joins us to discuss the potential benefits associated with an institution-wide adoption of this framework.

Tom is an internationally recognized scholar, author and speaker on technology mediated education, especially copyright, evaluation of teaching practices, academic integrity, accessibility, and universal design for learning, which is a topic we’ll be talking about today. He helped found the University of Wisconsin Madison Center for Teaching, Learning, and Mentoring. Tom is on Ed Tech Magazine’s Influencers Dean’s List, and has been honored with the Wagner Leadership Award in Distance Learning Administration, and he is one of EduFlow’s global top 100 learning influencers. Tom serves on the boards of Advances in Online Education, The Online Journal of Distance Learning Administration, and the Oklahoma University Press: Teaching, engaging and thriving in higher ed series. We’re very glad that he’s made time to be with us with all these activities. His books include Evaluating Online Teaching, The Copyright Ninja, Reach Everyone, Teach Everyone: UDL in Higher Education, Going Alt-Ac: A Guide to Alternative Academic Careers, Implementing UDL in Irish Further Education and Training, and what we’ll be talking about today, UDL at Scale: Whole-Campus Universal Design for Learning, which is coming out this summer.

Show Notes

Transcript

John: The Universal Design for Learning framework is often adopted by individual faculty for particular courses. In this episode, we explore the potential benefits associated with an institution-wide adoption of this framework.

[MUSIC]

John: Thanks for joining us for Tea for Teaching, an informal discussion of innovative and effective practices in teaching and learning.

Rebecca: This podcast series is hosted by John Kane, an economist…

John: …and Rebecca Mushtare, a graphic designer…

Rebecca: …and features guests doing important research and advocacy work to make higher education more inclusive and supportive of all learners.

[MUSIC]

John: Our guest today is Thomas J Tobin. Tom is an internationally recognized scholar, author and speaker on technology mediated education, especially copyright, evaluation of teaching practices, academic integrity, accessibility, and universal design for learning, which is a topic we’ll be talking about today. He helped found the University of Wisconsin Madison Center for Teaching, Learning, and Mentoring. Tom is on Ed Tech Magazine’s Influencers Dean’s List, and has been honored with the Wagner Leadership Award in Distance Learning Administration, and he is one of EduFlow’s global top 100 learning influencers. Tom serves on the boards of Advances in Online Education, The Online Journal of Distance Learning Administration, and the Oklahoma University Press: Teaching, engaging and thriving in higher ed series. We’re very glad that he’s made time to be with us with all these activities. His books include Evaluating Online Teaching, The Copyright Ninja, Reach Everyone, Teach Everyone: UDL in Higher Education, Going Alt-Ac: A Guide to Alternative Academic Careers, Implementing UDL in Irish Further Education and Training, and what we’ll be talking about today, UDL at Scale: Whole-Campus Universal Design for Learning, which is coming out this summer. Welcome back, Tom.

Tom: Thank you, John and Rebecca, it’s a pleasure to be back on Tea for Teaching. Thank you for having me.

Rebecca: Today’s teas are… Tom, are you drinking tea with us today?

Tom: I am. I have some Pure Leaf Unsweetened Iced Tea. So that sound of ice cubes that you hear that’s my preferred form of my iced tea.

Rebecca: Sounds nice and refreshing.

John: And I have spring cherry green tea today. Given that we are apparently in spring, the snow has stopped at least for a few days, so we’re moving into spring here.

Rebecca: I have Lady Grey today.

John: Very good, one of my favorites. So we’ve invited you here today to discuss UDL at Scale. While most of our listeners are familiar with UDL to a greater or lesser extent, could you at least provide a brief overview of the UDL framework to help set the framework of the discussion?

Tom: Absolutely. Universal Design for Learning, or UDL, is a framework based on how we learn as human beings. So it’s based in neuroscience, fairly loosely, if I’m being honest. That when we learn anything, we have to activate three different chemical pathways in our brains. We have to have a reason to learn something. We have to have the content that we’re learning, and we have to be able to reinforce it, practice with it, tie it to other things that we already know. And so these three phases of the learning process, which are themselves a pretty good simplification of very complex chemical cascade in our neuroanatomy, they correspond to three different things that we can do as designers to help people to get started and stick with us when things get challenging, have the information to be able to learn it, and then to show what they know and practice with it. The neuroscientists at CAST in Boston, way back in the late 1980s and early 1990s, they discovered that if we give people one way to get started or take in information or practice, then we’re leaving out other ways that people could engage with that stuff. So what they said was, make more than one way, make multiple ways for people to get engaged, for people to take in information, and for people to practice, and people will choose which one seems best to them in the moment, and that helps the learning to stick. So Universal Design for Learning asks us, as instructors, developers, designers, to make multiple ways that people can get engaged, take in information, and show what they know.

Rebecca: Can you tell us the origin story of your new book, UDL at Scale, and its relationship with your previous work?

Tom: This is a very different book than my previous two books on Universal Design for Learning. When I did Reach Everyone, Teach Everyone: UDL in Higher Education with Kirsten Behling and then when I did the Universal Design for Learning in Further Education and Training for the Irish government, those were practical application based books. People were hungry to have, how do I do this in my own classroom or my own institutional design? That was at an individual level. People wanted to have the nuts and bolts of, what do I do when I’m designing a lesson or an activity or an assessment? One of the big challenges that you started to see over and over again is that whether it’s by law or by policy or by people adopting good ideas, we’ve been putting the burden of making things accessible on the shoulders only of instructors. And we also have not been giving them any release time or extra money or a graduate assistant, or we’ve not taken any work off their plates in order for them to be able to make their materials and engagements more inclusive and more accessible. So it’s not actually a wonder that only about 10% of instructors, wherever we look, have adopted inclusive design techniques of any kind, let alone a specific one, like the Universal Design for Learning Framework. Because of that, when I would talk with boards of trustees, college presidents, provosts, deans, campus leaders, and I would say, “You know that you have these legal requirements.” In the United States, we have the Americans with Disabilities Act. In Canada, it’s the Accessible Canada Act. Worldwide, there are laws that apply to the design of content and materials, and we’re not even doing that really well. So when I would talk with campus leaders, and I would say, you recognize that there is this requirement there, but there’s also an opportunity there to lower access barriers and keep our students with us at greater rates, helping with student persistence, student retention, their satisfaction as alumni. Everybody said, “yeah, those are great ideals, and you know, they’re part of our mission and our values, and we just don’t have the people or the time or the funds to be able to do that widely.” So I wrote the book UDL at Scale as an advice guide and a how-to-manual for campus leaders who think they don’t have the resources to actually get that stuff done. They do, and it’s actually when we think about lowering access barriers, not just in the classroom, not just putting the burden on instructor shoulders, but when we think about training everybody across all of our service touch points: the library, mental health counseling, academic counseling, IT, the media services team, you name it. Training all of those service touch points, to be a little bit more inclusive, to give a few more options, to lower accessibility barriers. It turns out that’s a really good financial decision. And so that was the genesis of the book.

John: In terms of that financial decision. What does the research tell us about the effect of UDL on student success, completion, retention, etc.?

Tom: Oh, this one’s great, because we actually do have research about the impact and effect of inclusive design changes, and every leader at every campus has been tasked with being a change agent. We want to move our institutions into spaces where we are making changes because they are driven by the needs of our employer bases, the needs of our students, the needs and vision of our institutions. So here’s the data, folks. Students, are five times more likely to earn a credential when they feel that they have a voice in their education, when they feel that they have a choice in how they move through their educational paths, when they feel a sense of belonging, that they are a part of the institution and its culture and its community, and rather than apart from it, when they feel like they have some agency, like they’re not just being told, “do this, do that, do the other.” That they have some say in how they move through their conversations with a college or a university, and when they have a sense of safety, that they are psychologically okay to be wrong, to explore, to get things wrong, to fail at things and come back to them. Those five things: voice, choice, belonging, agency, and safety. When students say “yes, I felt these things” during their educations, those students are five times more likely to persist and earn a credential with us. So when we think about all of the touchy feely aspects of it, that actually translates into money, that translates into tuition dollars, that translates into students not dropping out or stopping out as much as they otherwise might. And a lot of different ways that we can approach that have to do with access barriers, and we’ve talked about this in other books, but instructors aren’t the only teachers on our campus. Your media services people are teaching students how to engage with materials and content. Our librarians are teaching students how to discern good information and reliable and trustworthy information from slop that’s out there on the internet. and on and on and on, right? So our registrar is teaching students how to navigate the systems of the college or the university through the catalog and the various programs that we have on offer. So wherever we look at engagement with students, they are, in many cases, teaching engagements, and so we can design for those engagements in order to give people the kinds of choices that you heard about as we started our conversation. Multiple ways to get started and stick with it, multiple ways to take in the information that they’re learning about, and multiple ways to take action or express themselves once that they’re engaged with our service areas across all of our service touch points.

John: When you talk about people being five times more likely, is the benchmark of that students in high school or middle school and so forth, in terms of the probability of going to college and acquiring a degree? Because we do have over half of the students who enter college leaving with some sort of a credential, at least, on aggregate. So to get that number, it would seem like it would have to go back a bit to an earlier stage.

Tom: Oh, I’m actually not even talking about being that ambitious in our research. What I’m talking about is of all the current students who enroll right now, regardless of whether they are 18 years old and coming out of high school, or whether they’re 50 years old and coming back to re-skill. Out of all of those folks, you are correct. About half of them end up with a credential after 6, 7, 8, years usually. So the myth of the undergraduate who gets the degree in four years, that full-time student, is kind of a unicorn. At the same time, when we think about the 50% of students who drop out temporarily or stop out altogether, the number one reason why people don’t receive a credential is financial, “I can’t afford to continue now, or I can’t afford to continue at all.” And the research is fairly clear on this one, that the majority of people who stop out or drop out by financial reasons, it’s for $500 or less. So a lot of colleges and universities have now implemented micro-forgiveness programs, where if you owe less than $500 we’ll just write that off, and you keep going. And that’s an investment in the student, and it turns people into degree earners at far greater rates. But what’s the number two reason? If the number one reason is financial, what’s the number two reason why people stop out or drop out? It’s time, it’s the clock. We are all trying to put our educations into busy schedules. We have work responsibilities, caregiving responsibilities, military service, we just live far away from campus, whatever it is. If there’s a reason why people are busy and trying to put things together, and they don’t really fit all that well into the 24 hours of the day, those reasons are out there. So universal design for learning helps make processes go a little more smoothly. Helps students not to have to call back three times to get their question answered with IT. Helps for there to be less rework, and that’s actually one of the central arguments of the book, is that we’re actually making things a little bit more efficient for us as providers of services, and we’re also making things smoother and easier for our students in terms of process. We’ll talk about academic rigor later, but your question is an astute one, and the research that I’m citing in the book is fairly narrow, taking our existing pool of people who start, how many of them will finish?

Rebecca: Well, it’s certainly a compelling argument to implement, and we were talking about the time of not implementing. It costs a lot of time if we have inefficient and terrible processes. [LAUGHTER] We also talked about the burden on faculty trying to meet accessibility requirements, or introducing or rolling out UDL on their own. So if we think about institutional rollout, you can think about is there like aggregate benefits by rolling it out, but there’s also, seems like there might be some startup costs there too, in terms of time and effort. Can you talk a little bit about that?

Tom: Oh, Rebecca, that’s an astute question. Because right now, listeners, we’re recording this in late April of 2026 and in the United States, we just had a deadline to implement the Title II updates to the Americans with Disabilities Act. For those of you not familiar with that, by the end of April in 2026 we were all, colleges and universities, supposed to have all of the materials that we host in internet and in mobile formats comply with the Web Content Accessibility Group Standards. So there are 50 different standards for web hosted materials. And absolutely no one, and I mean no one, was going to be compliant as of the deadline. So the United States Department of Justice and Department of Education pushed that deadline back a year, and now it’s April of 2027. And it’s going to be April of 2027 and we’re going to be wringing our hands, going, “Oh my gosh, we’re not compliant still.” I guarantee that. So there’s a prediction for you, listeners. But Rebecca, your question has to do with that kind of situation. So when we, as colleges and universities, think about compliance with the law around accessibility, that means that that compliance usually falls on individuals’ shoulders. You, instructor of this biology course, you created all these materials, now it’s up to you to make them accessible. And when we think at that individual level, every individual has to be perfect in order for an institution to say that they are compliant. So if you’ve got one department that doesn’t get there, then the entire institution fails. So let’s turn that around, and when we think about Universal Design for Learning, when we’re applying it in an individual course, I actually want people to do a little bit less when we’re thinking about institution-level application. And one of the reasons why people are a little panicked now about those WCAG 50 standards is that we are asking communications professors and art historians and chemists to suddenly become experts in web design, and that’s not what the idea is about with that legal compliance issue. So when you think about people engaging in Universal Design for Learning at the individual level, the impact doesn’t have to be perfect. It doesn’t have to mean everyone does UDL to some perfect level where you get green check marks all throughout your learning management system with a particular tool. Imagine, and I’ve used this analogy before, it’s a good one for this conversation, too. Listeners, imagine that there are 20 steps to shining perfect, accessible content in your courses. There aren’t, but just for the sake of argument, let’s say there are 20 steps. Most places will spend some time, money, and effort to train a couple dozen people to get to step 18. And then we say, “You are our champions. Go train everyone else.” That’s where it breaks down, the “go train everyone else.” Other people are not being given extra time or time off, or they don’t get any support to actually focus their attention on these issues. What I wanted to do with Universal Design for Learning at Scale was to offer ways that we not get everyone to step 18, 19, 20, but to get absolutely everyone in the college or the university to step 2. What are some simple things that everyone does that become part of our everyday workflows? And so I’m indebted to our colleague Jordan Cameron at Kennesaw State University. Years ago, she came up with what she called “The Basic Four,” and that was if everybody did these four things, then some people on campus who were specialists could help with the really tough or knotty or detailed nuanced affordances, but everybody would do these four things. They would make alternative text for images that are displayed on websites in the learning management system and elsewhere. They would use semantic structure, so the heading level. putting things as titles in text-based documents. They would use captions or transcripts for video resources. And they would engage in inclusive procurement. They would engage in a process where, if the college or university is buying and supporting technology tools, they would only buy and support tools that were accessible and met those legal requirements. And if everybody did just those four things, it would, One, spread the workload around. Two, it would make sure that the expertise was available for the really challenging cases of accessible design. Three, it would allow everyone to adopt inclusive practices in a low-stakes way across their everyday workload. Meaning it’s not extra to do inclusive work, it’s actually part of our jobs, and it’s not a huge part of our jobs that we would need to fold in new things. So when we think about “the individual has to be perfect, but the collective only has to be good.” That’s what I’m aiming for. So when we think about individual courses with UDL, yes, institution-wide adoption is a little bit different than the sum of everyone just doing UDL in their own space. In fact, I don’t want to turn everyone into experts in the three principles and the nine guidelines and the 36 considerations of the Universal Design for Learning Framework. There should be people on campus who do that and know that. At the same time, everybody should have some real simple principles and practices that they can engage in that are consistent throughout all of our employees in a college or a university. So, excellent question. Thank you.

John: Have any institutions committed to a UDL-at-scale approach?

Tom: There have been, to my counting, 13 institutions who’ve actually gone from, “Hey, that’s a good idea” to “our institution is actually doing it.” I had the privilege and the pleasure of working with five of those. And I actually want to highlight one where I wasn’t the consultant, and they did it all on their own. This is Atlantic Technological University in Sligo, Ireland. And for listeners here in North America, they are a cross between what we would call a technical college, a community college, and a four-year undergraduate college. They do all of those things within their technological university mandate. What they discovered was that they were serving learners who lived all over the place in northwestern Ireland. So folks were living a 45-minute or an hour commute away by car, and a lot of their students were driving very long distances to be able to come to one of their many campuses. So what they did was they adopted an inclusive mindset, and of course, in Europe, they have the United Nations Strategic Development Goals, or SDGs. Inclusion is one of them, lowering access barriers is another one of those. So they used those as their guiding principles, and then they adopted Universal Design for Learning as a framework that allowed them to operationalize those aspirational principles. When we think about how that works, one of the first things that they did was convincing instructors and employees and staff members to adopt UDL. And of course, there were a lot of folks with their arms crossed saying, “I got along without this before. Why do I have to do this now? This seems like extra work.” The one change that they did, and I want to highlight this, their President and their board of directors said, “We want to be the most inclusive college or university in the country, and that’s a goal toward which we are all headed. We are going to put resources toward this in terms of time, people, and money,” but they didn’t do the next step that you might suggest. You might think that the next step was, “Here’s our plan, and now everybody follow it.” Their next step was to move away from “you must,” to move away from mandates and compliance and move into support. They said, “Here’s the goal. We want everybody to achieve these kinds of inclusive practices in your support area, in your department, in your study, and you tell us what it’s going to take to get to that goal, and we’ll support you.” So what happened from a top-down level was that the support that people were asking for was very different in different places. Some places wanted time, some places wanted funding, some places wanted a couple of experts to come in and help them think about things, and the senior leaders at that institution did those things. Did they do them perfectly, exactly as asked? No. At the same time, that listening attitude, that attitude of “this is a service that we’re providing to you,” it was great. When instructors would think about, “Oh, I want to make some of my content more universally designed,” and they would go talk with their teaching center folks or their learning designers, the learning designer would say, “Oh, yeah, we can teach you how to do this, or we can do this along with you.” And so that wasn’t perceived as, “Oh, here’s another law that applies to me, and now I have to do things differently.” It was perceived by instructors as, “Oh, the whole place is moving in this direction, and now this is a service on which I can rely.” Doing that actually spread the workload around and made it a slow and incremental change where people could ask questions and voice concerns and they got listened to. So that was a wonderful way that the folks at ATU actually implemented Universal Design for Learning. So now it’s part of their policy manual. It’s part of their mission and vision, and it’s also part of just the way they do things, because they actually shifted the culture.

Rebecca: What I’m hearing you say, Tom, is that the leadership at the institution modeled this practice by rolling out UDL in a UDL way, and gave folks some agency and some choice.

Tom: Yeah, students are not the only people who are five times more likely to stick with something when they feel they have a voice, choice, belonging, agency and safety, correct? So you’re making a connection, Rebecca, that I think listeners, you can also make. We as employees, whether we are part of the leadership team, whether we’re instructors and faculty members, whether we are service members and staff members. We are also learners, we are also human beings who want to have a clear reason why we’re doing the thing. We want to be able to get access to the information and the content that we’re going to use, and we want to be able to take action in a way that is meaningful for us. So we absolutely can UDL the process of adopting UDL. Yes.

John: Now, on your first book on UDL, you advocated a plus one approach to UDL adoption, and I think that’s something that many people have picked up on as making it a little bit more feasible or easier to manage. Do you make a similar suggestion at the institutional level?

Tom: It’s an unfair question, John, because I didn’t predict when I wrote, Reach Everyone, Teach Everyone with Kirsten Behling, that my idea of approaching Universal Design for Learning, not as here’s three principles that turn into nine guidelines that turn into 36 considerations that we should just approach that as plus one thinking, if there’s one way for an engagement to happen, now make one more way. That was always meant to be a starting point for UDL practice, not the entirety of everyone’s understanding of it. And I’ve been very honored and pleased to see that that plus one idea has really taken root. People know plus one as a way to start Universal Design for Learning, because it’s simple, it’s easy to understand and it’s easy to get your brain around it, and it also is small. Take one action, try one thing, do one experiment, and see what happens. Now you’re asking me to predict which of the ideas from my new book are going to take off because they are so simple or so resonant with people that they’re just going to latch on to it. I don’t know which one of those ideas is going to take off. If I had to put forward two candidates, though, one of them, we just talked about, shift from compliance to support. It seems like a very small and philosophical change. At the same time, changing the messaging around the activities that you’re doing as an institution, changes people’s perception of what those things are. It goes from “Oh, this is required of me,” to “Oh, this is a service on which I can rely.” And shifting from compliance to support narratives, those are the kinds of things that actually shift cultures and change people’s minds. So that’s one. And then a second one, I have a diagram in the book. Listeners, you can’t see it, but I’ll describe it very briefly. Think about a rectangle that is wider than it is tall. Over on the left-hand side, we’ll put “beginner” at the bottom of that. We’ll put “proficient” in the middle, and then we’ll put “approaching expert” on the other side. That’s a timeline of the learning process when people are beginners, when they’ve got a few ideas, when they’re getting it, and they’re almost experts with us. Now draw a line that starts at the very bottom, over by beginner, and goes to the very top, near proficient. We’ve just divided our rectangle into a growing and a diminishing triangle. The diminishing triangle is UDL, Universal Design for Learning, and it’s designed UDL. This is where we, as instructors, designers, developers, facilitators, when people are beginners, we want to design almost all of the boundaries and the possibilities for our learners. We tell them what to read, what to look at, what to do as exercises, so that they will get all of the foundational information. And then, as that triangle gets smaller and smaller over time, we start taking our safeguards and guardrails and left and right boundaries away. And then, by the time people are almost experts, we’re not giving them hardly any guidance or structure, we’re asking them to do. Now, the triangle that’s increasing over time, it starts out almost at nothing when people are beginners. That’s tool use. This is using AI tools, this is using calculators, this is any kinds of tools that people can use to support their learning. When they’re beginners, we don’t want them using any tools. We want them to learn things the hard way, the manual way, the long way, so that they actually struggle with and get the foundational concepts and the practice that we’re doing. Then by the time they’re proficient in the middle there, tool use grows and we start saying, “Okay, now here use tools to help you learn.” This is telling people not to use artificial intelligence to summarize their reading, but to use AI to make study questions about the reading and to use AI to help the learning process itself, but then by the time they get to be proficient, and, after that, when they get to be expert with us, then we say, “Okay, go ahead and use the tools to skip some steps,” because we’re going to use those AI tools, perhaps, to do easier or introductory level kinds of things, so that we can use our human brains to start working on more nuanced or more complex thinking processes. Now, readers, take one more line up at the top of this rectangle, start and draw a rising line from left to right, and we’re going to put one lopsided triangle on top. That is agentic UDL. And it has to go in lock step as our designed UDL diminishes over the learning process, we have to start replacing it with learner agency. We tell our learners not go read this thing and do this activity, but we say, “What kinds of resources do you need or want now? What kinds of activities would help you to learn better on this?” And we become more guides rather than dictators of the things. So when we think about that lopsided house, my hope is that that diagram will take off, because it’s a simple way to think about the entire learning process and what goes into it. And spoiler alert, listeners, it’s fractal. That learning process can happen over the course of an individual lesson, over the course of a unit, over the course of an entire class offering, over the course of an entire credential. So we can go through that process at lots of different scales. So awesome question, and even though it was unfair, I do have two candidates for the things that I hope will take off.

Rebecca: But I think you also reiterated the idea that the plus one can help an institution get started, because it’s iterative, it changes over time, it’s scaffolded, it’s all the things that you’ve been describing.

Tom: And that’s 100% on purpose. I try to offer ideas that are easy to put your brain around, and then get really nuanced and complex when you start implementing them, because you have the agency and the choice to be able to do that design in a way that works well for you and for your learners.

Rebecca: In addition to the support model that you’ve been talking about, as institutions begin to commit to UDL, can you talk a little bit about what kinds of incentive structures they may want to consider to help faculty employees stay aligned with this framework?

Tom: Ooh, can I turn your question inside out a bit, Rebecca? You talked about incentive structures. And incentives are things that we give people when they’re doing things that they don’t normally do. What I want to do is I want to make Universal Design for Learning just part of our everyday workflows. So an incentive would mean “I’m going to pay you extra to do some extra thing” or “I’m going to give you release time, because this is hard and you need some time to do it.” Initially, yes, those things need to be in place because it’s different from the way that we do things now. The goal for me, though, is that we’re not creating incentives that mentally label UDL as extra or on top of the work that we should be doing. So I want to turn the question a little inside out and say that my advice to everyone who’s a campus leader is the very first thing you can do is to put Universal Design for Learning into job descriptions for new hires and into the performance evaluation process. Make Universal Design for Learning expected of people who come into the institution as new employees, and make UDL practices part of the measurable criteria by which people’s jobs are assessed. That’s not exactly an incentive program. And if you just put them into the job descriptions and new hire offerings without actually training people on what that looks like, then you’re setting them up for failure. So having the training available before those changes happen, having an opportunity for people to be assessed on Universal Design for Learning once or twice through the cycle without it counting, so that they get the feedback, but if they haven’t been doing well with it, that they get an opportunity to say, “Oh, wait, I probably need to go attend the workshops or get some coaching or work with a mentor on this.” But I’m a big fan of letting people fail without consequences.

Rebecca: Jeez, that sounds like another UDL principle being highlighted right here.

Tom: It’s not technically in the UDL guidelines, but it does absolutely show up in guideline eight, and we can nerd out about that later. [LAUGHTER] But listeners, what we’re thinking about here is when we think about giving people the opportunity to try things out, work with them in their own fashion, but also holding them accountable, like accountability is a key driver to scaling up any change at any institution, and with Universal Design for Learning, it’s no different. The difference here is that I want to suggest give people an opportunity to have a minute to get in touch with and apply these ideas and then assess them, but don’t ding them if their assessment is poor. Say, “Okay, this didn’t work,” or “You need more time on this,” or “You need this a different way.” Let’s work with what actually is going to help move the needle here. I also want to share, the bar should be incredibly low. We’re not looking for a 100% or a green score in the learning management system on Blackboard Ally, where it’s checking all the accessibility. Universal Design for Learning and accessibility are actually different. Accessibility just means that that’s sort of the floor that’s where everybody should be doing this as a matter of course, and Universal Design for Learning is a framework that allows us to move beyond just what’s compliant. So excellent question, and thank you for letting me play with it.

John: And by making it part of the culture of the institution and part of the regular expectations, then it does build in a little bit of loss aversion, which is a behavioral economics principle, which suggests that the threat of losing a job [LAUGHTER] by not doing it might have much more of an impact than the possibility of getting incentives for doing something. That’s perhaps an overly harsh way of suggesting that.

Tom: Listeners you heard John say that, and not me, right? [LAUGHTER] But I’m also not a behavioral economist, fairly, though.

John: But one, point though, that I think is worth at least discussing is that many faculty become concerned about new initiatives that are initiated by their current administration in the institution, when institutions have a fair amount of turnover at the top. How can institutions build this into the culture of the institution in a way that is going to persist after the administration turns over?

Tom: Ooh, excellent question. There’s a very short phrase in higher education that is meant to be ironic or satiric. It’s called “new provost, new priorities.” So every few years, a new senior leader comes in and they say, “We were doing this, and now we’re going to do that.” And in some institutions, it changes every year or so, right? The campus leaders go to a leadership conference, they hear about the next big new thing, and suddenly the funding and the winds change. It’s a reasonable response if you’ve been there long enough to kind of fold your arms across your chest and say, “I’m just going to wait until the winds change again and change again, and maybe I won’t have to actually do an awful lot with all of these big new priorities.” So there’s an individual and a collective way to respond. Individual way is to play to people’s own interests. And we’ve talked about this in other conversations and books. It’s still true. Ask people where they’re already finding challenges or gaps. Where is it that you give the directions for an activity and you get an email 400 times from your students, all asking the same clarifying question about the direction? Where is it that you give a splendid lecture, and then everybody gets that concept wrong on the exam, you’ve got to reteach. Where are those places where people are already going to do a little work to redesign or think again about how they’re approaching a particular idea, concept or process? Those are always good places to start thinking in a more inclusive way, because you can lower some barriers, not only for the learners, but also for yourself. So when we think about UDL, the selling point of UDL for individuals is that a little bit of effort now actually saves you a lot of effort later. And you know where you’re putting in all of that repeated effort that just seems to be a time sink. So in your own career, think about that. And then when we think about, at an institutional level, if we’re going to have leadership change over, there are three things we can do right away, and this is all chapter five, people. One, make sure that you are enshrining Universal Design for Learning in your policy manual, this takes the longest amount of time. When you’re involved in shared governance, things do not move fast. But if inclusive design is actually part of the identity of the institution and it’s part of the mission that we’re on. Folks at Greensboro College in North Carolina actually did adopt this first into their mission, and worked back from that into practice and into making it part of their everyday work. Two, when we think institutionally, we actually talked about this as well. Putting Universal Design for Learning into those job descriptions and performance evaluations means that you’re changing culture by fiat. And John, you said it in a different way than I would have [LAUGHTER] in terms of risk or loss aversion. But when we think about risk, we can think about risk in negative ways and positive ways. So the negative risk is, “Oh, if I don’t do this, I might lose my job, or I won’t get my promotion.” But the positive risk aspect of it is, if we do this, then we are likely to have more students stick with us. If we do this, we are more likely to have fewer students asking the same question over and over and over again or tripping over the same stumbling blocks intellectually or practically. And then the third thing that we can think about when we’re working at scale is that institutional culture, the people who are there the longest typically aren’t the senior leaders, it’s typically the folks in operations. So the folks who are running the departments and the support units, we’ve got the institutional memory. So in trying Universal Design for Learning in your practices at your unit level, put it in the handbook, put it in the manual, put it in the new employee onboarding that you do. That’s where it’s going to stick, because provosts and presidents come and go, it’s a truism in higher education. And the folks who are here for the long haul, Universal Design for Learning helps us do our jobs more efficiently, with less stress, less anxiety, and it helps our students to be more successful. It does require effort and work, and to the extent that we can make time, put money, assign people to those tasks, the better. But even if we don’t have a lot of any of those three things, we can still shift how people act.

John: And if students are learning more, it tends to be much more enjoyable for faculty.

Tom: Wow, I didn’t put that in the book. Seriously, I didn’t put that in the book because one of the biggest arguments that we have for Universal Design for Learning is that it helps students to learn more effectively, and I guarantee you that that is not an argument that moves anyone to open their budget. So this book, like I was saying at the very beginning, is a very different kind of argument to the one that I have produced in other books. In other books, we’re talking about social justice, we’re talking about efficiency, we’re talking about efficacy for the students. In this book, we’re talking about, “Yeah, this actually makes sense, because it means that we’re spending our money more effectively and wisely, and helps us with reducing rework and making processes more efficient.” This is language that I’m not used to using all the time, and it’s language that most campus leaders are very used to hearing.

Rebecca: It’s important to have campus leadership on board to make this a cultural shift, but it doesn’t have to start there. It can start from anyone at a university who’s committed to this work. Do you have some strategies that individuals might use, collectively or individually, to start to nudge an administration to consider adopting the UDL framework for the entire institution?

Tom: We’re actually heading in that direction in our conversation already, aren’t we?

Rebecca: We are.

Tom: So if you’ve got a grassroots effort where you can show that Universal Design for Learning actually does have an effect on student retention, or more tuition coming in, or fewer people dropping out. Collect those data and share that information with your senior leaders and share it with language that they understand. That is task number one. Talk about its impact on the budget for your unit. Or if it’s not a budget impact, talk about how, instead of putting out little tiny fires over and over and over again, that adopting UDL has meant that you’ve addressed some regular concerns and gaps that happen every day, and that’s actually freed up your staff to go after bigger or more complex challenges and goals. So it actually does help us to shift how we spend our time. Listeners, I don’t know what area you work in, in a college or a university, I guarantee that you have the story of the thing that you spend all your time doing once a year. So for example, I worked with some colleagues at D’Youville University in Buffalo, New York, and the head of their Disability Services Office. She was one of the champions who went through a process of learning more about Universal Design for Learning. She shared that on average, she was chasing 70 plus students every semester because they had to actually actively request their accommodations every semester, it’s not just like you get your accommodations and then you’re good for four more years or six more years. So every semester, she would be sending out email messages to people’s .edu address saying, “Hey, quick reminder, you have to request this every semester.” And she spent literally 80 to 120 hours of her own time, and then 80 to 120 hours of the four people in her office chasing down these requests. And then they made one UDL change. When people initially sought a disability accommodation, they asked the students, “We’re going to send stuff to your campus address. Would you be willing to share your cell phone number with us so we could text you? We promise we won’t spam you.” 90 plus percent of the students on intake shared their cell numbers, and when she sent out the reminder, “Hey, you got to do this every semester,” it went to their email address and it went to their cell phone number, if they had shared it. They literally went from chasing 70 or more students over the course of weeks every semester to two. Two people needed reminders more than once. So making that UDL choice about giving people more than one way that they can get the information helped them to actually reduce a huge time barrier for their staff, and that meant that their disability service staff weren’t playing phone tag and email tag with people, but they were able to actually do the work that they were hired to do, which is helping students to overcome barriers in the classroom environment. So when we think about convincing the administration, show them examples like that. “Hey, we saved you a whole bunch of money, and now we can work on more complex challenges with the same number of staff members.” That’s an argument that a provost is going to listen to. So show that it works and use language that they understand: budget, retention, persistence.

John: We always end by asking, what’s next? So what’s next for you, Tom?

Tom: My focus is always on quality in higher education. So I’ve got two new books coming out after UDL at Scale, which is coming out in August of 2026. Sometime in 2027 I have Evaluating Teaching in the Digital Era with Annie Taylor and Jean Mandernach. Then in 2028, it’ll be Peer Observation Made Practical with Lauren Barbeau and Claudia Cornejo Happel. And sometime in 2026 or ‘27, I worked with Chris Hromalik at the SUNY System, and we have an article coming out on Universal Design for Learning in Project Management. Plus, I am now a full time professional advisor, so I’m enjoying working with colleges and universities on really complex problems. Listeners, if you go to my website, it’s just ThomasJTobin.com, there’s a free UDL book there on further education and training, John mentioned it in our opener, and you can download that. And if you’ve got a wicked problem that you’re trying to figure out that has to do with the quality of our teaching or access to education, I’d love to hear from you. So thank you again for having me on the program. I love Tea for Teaching. I’m a regular listener. I’ve got my Tea for Teaching mug, and I’ll look forward to where this all goes down the line.

Rebecca: Well, thanks so much, Tom, we always enjoy talking to you and brainstorming how to make some good institutional change.

John: Yes, It’s great talking to you again, and I’m looking forward to seeing you at one of the next conferences coming up.

Tom: Yep, and listeners, if we cross paths in three dimensions, just look for the tall man with white hair, glasses and a giant black mustache and say hello, I’ll be glad to talk with you. Thanks everybody.

[MUSIC]

John: If you’ve enjoyed this podcast, please subscribe and leave a review on Apple Podcasts or your favorite podcast service. To continue the conversation, join us on our Tea for Teaching Facebook page.

Rebecca: You can find show notes, transcripts and other materials on teaforteaching.com. Music by Michael Gary Brewer.

John: Editing Assistance provided by Madison Lee.

[MUSIC]

446. Teaching Neurodivergent College Students

Neurodivergent students experience challenges in traditional lecture settings. In this episode, Jennifer Pusateri joins us to discuss strategies to reduce these challenges while supporting and leveraging the strengths that neurodivergent students bring to our classrooms.

Jennifer is the Senior Universal Design Consultant at The University of Kentucky and has served as the co-chair of the international UDL in Higher Education Network. She is a member of the CAST National Faculty and is the author of Transform Your Teaching with Universal Design for Learning: Six Steps to Jumpstart Your Practice. Her newest book, A Practical Guide to Teaching Neurodivergent College Students has recently been released by Harvard Education Press.

Show Notes

  • Pusateri, Jennifer L. (2026). A Practical Guide to Teaching Neurodivergent College Students. Harvard Education Press.
  • Brown, T. E. (2013). A new understanding of ADHD in children and adults: Executive function impairments. Routledge.
  • CAST UDL Guidelines
  • Mary-Ann Winklemes – TILT Higher Ed
  • Tom Tobin, Lillian Nave, and Jennifer Pusateri (2025). UDL 3.0. Tea for Teaching podcast. Episode 395. May 28.
  • Mary-Ann Winklemes (2023). Transparency in Learning and Teaching. Tea for Teaching podcast. Episode 290. May 24.
  • Viji Sathy and Kelly Hogan (2020). Structured for Inclusion. Tea for Teaching podcast. Episode 153. September 16.

Transcript

John: Neurodivergent students experience challenges in traditional lecture settings. In this episode, we discuss strategies to reduce these challenges while supporting and leveraging the strengths that neurodivergent students bring to our classrooms.
.

[MUSIC]

John: Thanks for joining us for Tea for Teaching, an informal discussion of innovative and effective practices in teaching and learning.

Rebecca: This podcast series is hosted by John Kane, an economist…

John: …and Rebecca Mushtare, a graphic designer…

Rebecca: …and features guests doing important research and advocacy work to make higher education more inclusive and supportive of all learners.

[MUSIC]

Rebecca: Our guest today is Jennifer Pusateri. Jennifer is Jennifer is the Senior Universal Design Consultant at The University of Kentucky and has served as the co-chair of the international UDL in Higher Education Network. She is a member of the CAST National Faculty and is the author of Transform Your Teaching with Universal Design for Learning: Six Steps to Jumpstart Your Practice. Her newest book, A Practical Guide to Teaching Neurodivergent College Students has recently been released by Harvard Education Press. Welcome back, Jennifer.

Jennifer: Delighted to be here with you all.

John: Thanks for joining us again, and today’s teas are:… Jennifer, are you drinking tea?

Jennifer: I am and I don’t normally drink tea. So, I’m in central Kentucky, and I will tell you, this is the most beautiful time of year in central Kentucky. It is so green and lush with the blue grass and the horse farms and all of these rolling hills. However, [LAUGHTER] that means it’s also very allergy-ish at the moment, and so I woke up a little froggy today, so I’m drinking Throat Coat tea.

Rebecca: Hopefully that’ll get the job done.

Jennifer: We’ll see.

John: And Rebecca?

Rebecca: I have an English breakfast tea today.

John: And I have a ginger peach green tea today.

Rebecca: Nice. So we invited you here today to discuss A Practical Guide to Teaching Neurodivergent College Students. Can you tell us about the origin of this book?

Jennifer: Yeah. So I’ve been telling folks that I wrote the book I wish my professors had read, [LAUGHTER] because I was not what you would call a great student when it comes to my undergrad. In fact, I opened the book with a screenshot of my actual transcript from my sophomore year of college, and it’s not great… 1.761 GPA I got that semester, which is fantastic. I just didn’t know what I didn’t know. I didn’t know how to learn. I didn’t know what worked best for me, and I did not know at that time that I was ADHD. I was actually diagnosed a little bit later in that year, after being like, “this is not working, like something’s not right here.” My younger daughter is graduating high school and ideally entering college this fall. And I was kind of thinking about, “man, what would I like for her professors to know about teaching neurodivergent students.” She, like Mom, is also ADHD. And I was just kind of hoping that eventually instructors will kind of have a better understanding of what neurodivergence looks like in our students, and that it’s not entirely a deficit.

John: I suppose, before we get too far into the discussion, we should talk a little bit about how you define neurodivergence, just to make sure everyone is on the same starting point.

Jennifer: Yeah, for sure, that’s actually a really good place, I think, to start. Sometimes people balk a little bit about this being a little boring, but I think it’s super interesting. So a neurodivergent brain is a brain that functions differently or outside of what the dominant society says is normal. There is, of course, no such thing as a normal brain. That’s not really how it works. But depending on the society that you’re a part of, there are some expectations for what people assume to be a normal brain. So neurodivergence would be whatever falls outside of that. So if you want to make it a little more clear, from its beginnings, honestly, the word itself was used to describe autistic folks, but also now there’s kind of a larger umbrella, recognizing that there are so many different ways to learn, and that there are so many things that affect the way our brain works when learning. Now we’re including things like ADHD, dyslexia. Some people are including things like depression, anxiety, OCD, and trauma, because we absolutely know that those have an impact on the way our brain works. So, that’s kind of the broad understanding of neurodivergence.

Rebecca: What proportion of college students might fit under this umbrella of neurodivergent.

Jennifer: This depends, I guess, on what you recognize as counting as neurodivergent. What I mean to say is that there’s no one definition of neurodivergence. It’s not a medical term. Some people include certain groups, and some don’t. I tend to use a broader umbrella when describing neurodivergent folks, and the reason that is important when thinking about kind of what percentage are we looking at? So I’ll start with ADHD being one of the most prevalent, about 14% of undergrads, and this is using data from spring of 2025, have ADHD. About 6% of them are dyslexic. Autism is around 3%. Those numbers all seem a little low to me, but that’s what we have from the data. I personally include, as we just talked about, things like depression, anxiety, OCD, and trauma, and so this is where our numbers start to get a little bit bigger. So when we’re looking at our undergrads in the US, 27% identify as being treated for depression, 36% of students report anxiety, and OCD is about 6%, trauma is about 8%. Of course, we don’t just add all of those numbers up. That’s not really how that works. We do know that many, many students who are neurodivergent also have depression and anxiety as well. So like if we just counted, let’s just assume that if we included everything else, everyone else is represented already, we’re going to pretend, underneath depression and anxiety, then that highest number is 36%. So we’re looking at roughly a third of our students have brains that are working in a way that’s outside of what the dominant society considers to be normal, and that’s a lot, a third of our students. That’s a huge amount of students., when we really sit down and think about it.

Rebecca: So one of the things that you indicated in your own story is that you didn’t know that you were ADHD when you were a student. So, we know that there’s wildly under-reported cases because students don’t want to disclose for a wide range of reasons, or they simply don’t know, even though you’re kind of identifying one-third, it could be much bigger. [LAUGHTER]

Jennifer: It really could. And something else that we know for sure is that everyone that needs a diagnosis does not have a diagnosis. There’s a lot of reasons that someone couldn’t get a diagnosis. It costs a lot of money, it requires people to take time off work to take their kids to appointments and do things like that. So there are some pretty significant barriers already just in receiving a diagnosis. So we know that that absolutely exists. And then we also know students are arriving at college, and many are choosing not to disclose that they have a disability of any kind. And so we know for sure there are a lot who are falling through the cracks because they’re either not requesting or not receiving the accommodations that they probably need.

John: And along those lines, I would expect the under-reporting would be more common among low-income students and students for whom getting that documentation would be a bit more challenging.

Jennifer: Yeah, that makes a lot of sense, and I don’t have that research or data on hand, but I know that it exists, and that’s pretty much what it says. And then we also think about things like cultural norms. There are some cultures that are not going to see and understand things like ADHD or autism in the same way that others would. They may not even understand that this is something they need to be thinking about with their children, and then therefore they arrive at college and they don’t have the diagnosis that they need.

Rebecca: Can you talk a little bit about the strengths that neurodivergent students bring into our classes.

Jennifer: Yeah, man, there are so many strengths, and this is one of my favorite things to talk about. In the book, I have a diagram where I’ve kind of made a three-way Venn diagram overlapping the strengths of our ADHD students, our autistic students, and our dyslexic students, because the strengths overlaps so much, which I think is really interesting. But some of the things you would typically think about… students who are ADHD are going to be maybe a little more spontaneous, perhaps more energetic. They often are very self aware. And then they’re also going to overlap with autism, especially when it comes to hyper focus. Hyper focus just being that you can focus your attention in on something that you are interested in or care about in a very significant way, to the detriment of other things, like having to use the restroom, or drink water [LAUGHTER] or whatever. That hyper focus really is a big piece of ADHD and autism. We also see ADHDers and autistic folks being very justice and fairness oriented, which I think is super interesting as well. And then when we think about dyslexia, individuals with dyslexia often have more of a visual thinking pattern, like they’re thinking in pictures. Often that can mean that they have a completely different way of understanding and sharing the information that they’re learning about. So they may be able to put together a really good or really helpful diagram that someone else wouldn’t think of, someone else without dyslexia may not even consider or not even be able to place together, but they just seem to have this very big strength when it comes to dyslexia and having things like visuals. So that also overlaps a little bit. We have a lot of out of box thinking when it comes to folks with dyslexia, also ADHD, and then that visual-spatial awareness or reasoning we also see in folks who have autism. In this diagram I have in the book, I have the center in the middle, which is all three of these bigger categories of neurotypes, ADHD, autism, and dyslexia. And I’m listing in there five different overlapping strengths, and I think these are super interesting when it comes to higher ed because if you think about these, and I’m going to share them here in just a second, think about them in terms of hiring a grad student to help with something like qualitative research. So here are the strengths: they’re very interest driven, they’re good at problem solving, they’re excellent at pattern seeking and pattern recognition, creativity, and curiosity. So when I think about someone who could be a qualitative researcher, a graduate student, perhaps, those are the qualities I want. I want someone who’s picking up on patterns that I maybe don’t see, someone who’s very strongly driven by their interest in the things that they care about, and who’s also really good at curiosity, that’s kind of driving them along to understand better the things that they’re researching. I really do see a lot of these strengths as being very helpful in higher education, especially when we think about things like research.

John: And one of the areas you discuss in the book is executive functioning, and I think most people have at least a general sense of that term, but could you define it a little bit more precisely, and also maybe talk a little bit about what can interfere with students’ executive functioning in our classrooms.

Jennifer: So executive function, it’s basically just this grouping of skills and processes that monitor and regulate all kinds of important things, so things like focus and attention, things like our emotions, regulating emotion, organization, time management, prioritization, those kinds of things, goal setting. And there’s a lot more. There are a lot more pieces. And the problem with executive functioning and defining it is, just like neurodivergence, there’s no one definition. There are lots of definitions. And so I choose to use a specific one in this book, because the model I use, which is Thomas Brown’s model, really focuses in on the emotions piece and also the processing piece. And those are things that I don’t always see in executive functioning models, and I think those are some pieces that maybe have been missed a little bit in higher ed, so I really like that model for that reason.

Rebecca: What can we do in the classroom to help support executive function. 10:53

Jennifer: I think a big one that a lot of people think of up front is focused attention and motivation. In my book, I have broken down these sort of challenges into six categories to make it a little bit easier. It can be overwhelming. There’s so many pieces, so many things that executive functioning touches that I wanted to group it a little bit. So the first group is focus, attention, and motivation. That might mean that students who are neurodivergent are going to have a difficult time sitting and passively listening for long periods of time… more than 10 minutes, maybe. So that may be an issue. It also might be things like motivation. I’ll speak for myself. I am not motivated by things I don’t care about. If I have to do things I don’t care about, perhaps I have to take a class that’s outside of my major, or is a general ed class, or whatever, it’s going to be like pulling teeth to get me to do the things in that class, because it’s something I don’t care about. So those are the kinds of things we might see when it comes to focus, attention, and motivation of students having difficulties. Another big piece is organization and structure. A lot of times, neurodivergent folks have difficulty seeing these structures that kind of underlie everything. One of the things I think about is reading a journal article. Someone who’s neurodivergent may read several journal articles but still not see that there’s sort of an underlying structure or order or grouping or whatever of this is how research reads. So in my field, education, research tends to be laid out the same, like it’s always going to start with an introduction, and you’re going to move to this next piece, and then you’re going to move to this next piece. And if that’s not clearly stated or laid out, sometimes it’s difficult for neurodivergent folks to guess that or to see that. And then other things like time management, prioritization. These are things we see all the time with all of our students, but even more so with our neurodivergent students, struggling with things like turning in assignments on time or planning enough time ahead so that they can study or write or whatever to turn something in by a certain deadline. So, those are things we see in a lot of our students, which also brings me to another thought, that we know for sure that undergraduates are of an age where their prefrontal cortex, part of their brain, is not fully developed yet. That doesn’t happen until about age 25 or even 30 for some folks. We can pretty much guess that all of our undergrads are going to struggle at some point with executive functioning. That’s one of the things I really am trying to kind of get across in this book too, is that when you’re setting up your course and your instruction to support neurodivergent students, you’re actually doing that to support all of your students. And those things end up being really useful for many students, in addition to those who are neurodivergent. And then we can also think about other pieces, like sensory and emotional regulation. Those are kind of overlooked often in a higher ed academic setting, but are really important to students being able to work effectively and efficiently without getting overwhelmed or overstimulated.

Rebecca: So you’ve outlined some of the struggles that students might have related to executive function. What can instructors do to help support these students to overcome these struggles?

Jennifer: Well, one of the things we can think about is if we know that we’re going to have many students who are going to struggle with, let’s say, focused attention and motivation, that they’re going to have a difficult time paying attention for more than, I don’t know, 10 minutes or so, then knowing that up front, we can really think about the way that we’re structuring our lectures, or our in-class meeting time, so that we’re breaking that up a little bit with smaller periods, or little bursts of activity, whatever that might be. There are lots of things that you can build in. So you might lecture for 10 minutes or so and then pause, and you can have everyone do a quick one minute reflection writing, or they could even just do a simple turn and talk with their neighbor, because when they pause from the passive listening, and you do something active, it almost is like it resets the timer. As an ADHDer, I have this like internal timer of about how long I can sit and listen and not do something. [LAUGHTER] Stopping after about 10 minutes, doing a quick reflection, or turn and talk with someone next to me, resets that timer. Personally, as an ADHDer, I have this, like, internal timer of about how long I can sit and listen and not do something. [LAUGHTER] And so, like, stopping after about 10 minutes, doing a quick reflection or turn and talk with someone next to me resets that timer now. And now you got another 10 minutes or so where I’m able to really stay focused and listen and engage with what you’re talking about, and then that timer runs out again. As an instructor, if we kind of know that, we can build in these pieces throughout our lectures or even just our course meeting times. And that’s going to be useful, obviously, for our neurodivergent students, but if we’re building in things like reflections or turn and talk or whatever, there’s a lot of research that doing those things in the midst of a lecture is going to help with student memory retention and understanding of the things that they’re talking about. So again, we see this theme come back, that when we build in things that are going to support our neurodivergent students, we are actually supporting all of our students.

John: I was thinking that as you were talking about some of the issues with executive functioning, because issues of student engagement are pretty common and go far beyond just a third of our students. It’s really nice that these approaches can be useful for everyone. So in addition to providing structure and taking breaks and engaging in active learning activities, you also recommend throughout the book using a UDL approach to reduce some of the challenges that neurodivergent students face in our classrooms. Can you provide some examples of the benefits of providing multiple means of engagement, representation, and action and expression?

Jennifer: Definitely. This is, I think, one of the biggest ones. Of course, the UDL guidelines were updated in 2024 and we used to call the bullet points, checkpoints, but now we call them considerations in UDL. Consideration 7.1 which is in the welcoming interests and identities category or guideline says, “optimize choice and autonomy,” and this one for neurodivergent people, is key. An ADHDers brain, an autistic student’s brain, is an interest-driven brain, and so, when we can provide students with the opportunity to choose something within their learning path, maybe that’s the topic for a paper or a project or something, that gives them the opportunity to choose something that kind of aligns with some of their special interests, or things they are interested in otherwise, and by doing that, that’s going to increase their motivation, that’s going to increase their engagement, and they’re actually going to probably produce better work for you than if they did not have that choice. So, building in that choice and autonomy is a game changer for a lot of neurodivergent folks. When we’re thinking about representation, there are several in there, but the one I was thinking about earlier is Consideration 2.5 and so this one is in the language and symbols guideline, and it’s “illustrate through multiple media.” We know that a lot of neurodivergent folks really respond well and tend to learn well and understand better from visuals. So anytime we can include a graphic organizer, or we can include a clear diagram or a visual or a video, something visual that goes along with more of the text-based things that we’re learning, is going to be super useful for neurodivergent students. So that’s my suggestion for representation. And then when it comes to that action and expression chunk, we’re going to think about the bottom right guideline in blue, and that one is now called “strategy development” (it used to be called “executive function”). Consideration 6.3 asks us to think about organizing our information and resources. To me, as an instructor, this reminds me, if I just give them the things, but I don’t have any good organizational structure around it, it can still be really tricky. Occasionally I see some faculty that will put everything in Canvas… we use Canvas at our university… will put all of the documents that a student needs for a course in the files part of their Canvas course with no organizational structure whatsoever, no modules, no grouping, and that could be really tricky. So it’s going to trip students up when they’re trying to find the things that they’re looking for. It’s also going to be wasting a little bit of their cognitive load or cognitive energy in trying to find those things. So we can organize things like our Canvas courses, our syllabi, etc, thinking about really good structure. When we’re teaching, we can clarify the information hierarchy. And what I mean is, when people learn new information, that information is all at the same importance level, until someone tells you otherwise. And so we can try to be more clear and explicit about that structure. So I might use something like a guided notes document where I have clear headings for kind of the big topics that we’ll be talking about in that day’s lecture, and then that would visually cue students to understand, “Oh, these are the big pieces. These are the most important topics.” And I’ve done that. I’ve kind of elevated that informational hierarchy and made that clear and explicit to the students in the use of that guided notes document.

Rebecca: In addition to using a UDL methodology, what are some other ways to support neurodivergent students in the classroom?

Jennifer: One thing that I think is super important is transparent design. So if you are familiar with the TILT method by Mary-Ann Winklemes and others, that’s a really good way to approach assignments for neurodivergent students, because one of the things that’s really difficult is unclear expectations. So when perhaps an instructor thought they were being clear in their directions, but perhaps could have clarified a little more or maybe made some things kind of broken down a little bit into steps, or checklists, or whatever. When we can do that, that’s going to be really helpful for neurodivergent students. But also, one of the things I really like about that TILT approach to teaching and to instructional design in higher ed is the fact that it elevates the purpose of the assignment. Neurodivergent folks really like to know the why behind things, myself included. I want to understand why we’re doing this. Why are we doing this assignment? Because when I know the why behind the thing, that really helps with my motivation and my engagement. And although I don’t necessarily have to like it or agree with you, I can understand why. That makes a big difference. So, using things like transparent assignment design and transparency in learning and teaching is another great way to do that. It aligns so nicely with universal design for learning, because it’s just asking you to take out all of your assumptions and start thinking proactively about the barriers that your students are going to encounter. UDL is doing that, and transparent assignment design is doing that as well.

John: And we’ll include links to earlier discussions related to this, including the earlier podcast you were on discussing the new UDL guidelines, a podcast with Mary-Ann Winklemes, where she discusses the TILT approach, and a podcast with Viji Sathy and Kelly Hogan, where they talk about the evidence on structure and the importance of structure, because these things are coming from a lot of different areas, and they benefit a lot of students, and specifically, I think Mary-Ann Winklemes and Viji Sathy and Kelly Hogan have emphasized research showing the importance that these things have in reducing many of the equity gaps that we observe in our classes. So these approaches are really useful, and it’s really nice to see the UDL approach combined with the other materials in your book, as well as TILT and the importance of structure. So it’s really a nice guide to effective teaching for everybody, as well as a guide to help reduce some of the challenges faced by neurodivergent students in our classes.

Jennifer: And our neurodivergent students are some of the most brilliant students out of the box, creative thinkers that we have, and so if we can support them on some of these other pieces related to executive functioning, I mean, wow, we’re going to be astounded by what we see in our students. So, I encourage folks to really think about that by supporting neurodivergent students with things like executive functioning and such that you are unleashing that student’s potential in a way that perhaps they had not been able to do before.

John: One of the other things you talk about earlier in your book was that challenges with executive function are often misperceived as indicating a lack of intelligence. Could you talk a little bit about why this misperception occurs, and perhaps how we can break people away from that misperception.

Jennifer: One of the things I actually included in the book, sort of for that reason, I included some quotes from interviews I did with neurodivergent higher ed faculty and staff. I wanted to include their voices, because sometimes I think it can be tricky for instructors. Sometimes they can think that students who maybe have these, what some call invisible disabilities, might be trying to just get something over on them or cheat or make it easier. And so I guess I wanted faculty and instructors to hear from their colleagues, “No, actually, these are things that I did and still struggle with my entire life, and here’s how I have looked at that, or here’s how I help my students now, because of the way that I approach these things well.”

Rebecca: So we always wrap up by asking: “What’s next?”

Jennifer: There are a lot of things I’ve been thinking about recently. One of the things I’m kind of kicking around is we’ve had some really good books that have come out recently that have elevated the stories of neurodivergent faculty and instructors and kind of their experience and what that’s been like for them. I would love to see… and perhaps this will be next on my list of things to do… more support for neurodivergent faculty, because there’s so much executive functioning that goes along with being an instructor in a higher ed situation. I mean, it’s constant. And then thinking about how we’re balancing our teaching with our research and with our service work and all of those things, we could use a little bit of practical support with that, those of us who are neurodivergent instructors in a higher ed setting. So that’s something I’ve been thinking about a little bit lately. I don’t know if that’s a next project or a next book, but I know it’s a thing that we need some support and help with out there in the field.

Rebecca: Definitely, I think that’s something that I hear a lot as we’re talking about digital accessibility efforts and other things in this space, is we spent a lot of time thinking about how to help students, but not always a lot of time thinking about how to help and support colleagues.

Rebecca: Well, thank you so much for joining us. We look forward to sharing your book and getting this episode out into the world.

Jennifer: I appreciate that.

John: And in fact, we liked your book so much that it’s been chosen as one of our fall reading groups here.

Jennifer: Yay!

John: So we’ll have a number of faculty who will be discussing this through the fall semester. So, thank you.

Jennifer: That’s great. Awesome.

[MUSIC]

John: If you’ve enjoyed this podcast, please subscribe and leave a review on Apple Podcasts or your favorite podcast service. To continue the conversation, join us on our Tea for Teaching Facebook page.

Rebecca: You can find show notes, transcripts and other materials on teaforteaching.com. Music by Michael Gary Brewer.

John: Editing assistance provided by Fred Llerena.

[MUSIC]

442. Not Token Gestures

While colleges and universities have made substantial progress in attracting a diverse mix of students, there are still substantial equity gaps in student outcomes. In this episode, Roberta Hurtado joins us to discuss approaches that can be used to reduce these gaps. Roberta is an associate professor in the English and Creative Writing Department here at SUNY Oswego, where she also serves as Director of Latino and Latin American Studies, and has been a fellow in the Triandiflou Institute for Diversity, Equity, Inclusion, and Transformative Practice. She also has served as a 2023 Fellow in the SUNY Hispanic Leadership Institute.

Show Notes

Transcript

John: While colleges and universities have made substantial progress in attracting a diverse mix of students, there are still substantial equity gaps in student outcomes. In this episode, we explore approaches that can be used to reduce these gaps.

[MUSIC]

John: Thanks for joining us for Tea for Teaching, an informal discussion of innovative and effective practices in teaching and learning.

Rebecca: This podcast series is hosted by John Kane, an economist…

John: …and Rebecca Mushtare, a graphic designer…

Rebecca: …and features guests doing important research and advocacy work to make higher education more inclusive and supportive of all learners.

[MUSIC]

John: Our guest today is Roberta Hurtado. Roberta is an associate professor in the English and Creative Writing Department here at SUNY Oswego, where she also serves as Director of Latino and Latin American Studies, and has been a fellow in the Triandiflou Institute for Diversity, Equity, Inclusion, and Transformative Practice. She also has served as a 2023 Fellow in the SUNY Hispanic Leadership Institute. Welcome Roberta.

Roberta: Hi, thank you for having me.

Rebecca: Today’s teas are… Roberta, are you having tea with us today?

Roberta: I am. It is Bigelow Cozy Chamomile,.

Rebecca: Nice. Sounds nice and relaxing, something that maybe a continuation of spring break?

Roberta: A little bit. Yeah. [LAUGHTER]

John: We’re just coming off of spring break here, and it is still below freezing here today in Oswego.

Rebecca: How about you, John?

John: I am having a nice, warm Lapsang Souchong today.

Rebecca: Nice. I have a Scottish Breakfast tea today.

John: We’ve invited you here today to discuss your new book, Not Token Gestures: Practical DEI strategies in 21st Century Higher Education. Can you tell us the origin story of this book project?

Roberta: Absolutely. So I was a SUNY HLI fellow in spring of 2023 and part of that institute is a requirement for you to do a capstone project, something that’s going to serve your university, something that’s going to help if there’s a gap or there’s an area where you can lend your expertise to. And at the time, I was working on the Triandiflou Institute fellowship as well. So I was doing them simultaneously, and we were looking at the importance of representation among faculty, and so one of the ways that you can intervene is to directly attend to the hiring practice. Where do you send job ads? What kind of language do you have in job ads? One of the things about the hiring process for faculty is that you might do really great workshops at the very beginning, everybody’s enthusiastic, you’ve got energy, it’s the summer. And then three months later, you’re still [LAUGHTER] in those very first preliminary steps, because the process itself goes over about a year from start to finish, from drafting the job ad, to sending it out, to getting people to come through, to getting them into the first- round interviews, first-round interviews, to second-round interviews. It’s just a lot that goes into it. And so what were really great workshops at the beginning are distant memories where you remember sitting and looking at a screen or being in a room, and sometimes these workshops also have aspects to them that need a lot of clarification. So, b instead of saying, “Well, send your job ads out to different types of arenas,” well, why would you do that? Normally, when we send out a job ad, let’s say in English, we would send it to the Modern Language Association job call list. But who are the people who actually look at that job call list? If you look at the demographics for who’s actually MLA members, paying members, who’s going to be accessing that, you might actually find that you have people from maybe elite institutions making up the majority of the membership, or you have people from very specific geographic backgrounds, people from very specific socioeconomic backgrounds, and so without meaning to, you’re limiting the pool of people. You’re being very selective without even realizing it. So, if you want to be more expansive in who’s getting the job calls, you need to know the history behind why it ends up being that it’s so selective, and then being able to move forward. Well, where are the other places where you can send the job ads? I don’t think people are intentionally ignoring the variety of places you can put them, but sometimes it’s just a matter of knowing where to go. So, all of this is to say I created this capstone, and while I was doing it, like the good English professor [LAUGHTER] that I am, I wrote an article. And when I wrote the article, it was a mix of different types of theories and historical background and information, and I sent it to a journal. I didn’t think it was going to inherently be a knockout of the park, but I thought I would get feedback, and the feedback that I got was that it was too narrowly tailored, that creating a process to increase representation of different types of faculty in Higher Ed was too narrowly tailored of a [LAUGHTER] focus, which, it is what it is. Maybe whoever was reading it, that’s the way they thought about it. And I channeled Michelle Obama [LAUGHTER] in that moment. I was like, “Well, I don’t think that this should end here. So what do we do?” And I pitched it to what was then Lexington Books, to say, “I’m not the only one who’s thinking about these things. How do we do work that makes higher ed fulfill its promise of academic excellence for all?” And so I went to Lexington Press. They picked up a contract to create an edited collection that was going to have voices from all different fields of academia, and from there, it moved forward to the call for papers and then a wonderful collection.

Rebecca: Can you talk a little bit about how you selected contributors for your project?

Roberta: Absolutely. So I was very fortunate to, in my time at HLI, get to meet a wonderful array of academics and administrators, people who genuinely care about their campuses and the people that they serve. So one person was running the pediatrics residency for one of the SUNY campuses. Another person who runs camp programs, AOP, for one campus, and their projects were speaking to the very things that my project was speaking to. So when I got the contract, I was able to solicit submissions from people who I knew were already doing this work, and I was also able to reach out to faculty from around the campus and from Oswego, who I knew that were doing work that was very similar, and nationwide. So I reached out to administrators who I knew, who are doing this work, and doctors, people who are practicing and working in education and artists as well, and asked people if they would be willing to share. And I think I was very fortunate with the timing, because where I sent the call for papers, I got a number of people responding as well. So for instance, from Virginia Tech, there’s a center there where people who were working there created a chapter, sent it to me, and then faculty had come together as well to create a chapter and send it in. So in some cases, it was a matter of the people who I knew doing this work and also getting them to sit down. Nobody has spare time. [LAUGHTER] So being able to find people who would be able to carve time out of their schedules to sit and write and create transcripts, work on artwork, there are testimonials, and there’s also personal narratives, there’s letters. So knowing people who had some things that they would like to submit, and then being able to find other people who were also in it. And one thing that was interesting about it was that the chapters are also varied. So there’s three different sections for the book. The first one is about personal responses to what’s going on with DEI in Higher Ed in the country. The second is about pedagogy, and how do you teach? How do you even create a syllabi? And then the third is about administrative tactics and techniques that can be implemented. All of the chapters were very different, and even though one might focus on, for instance, there’s a chapter on how to create a course for Introduction to Criminal Justice. Some of the techniques that are being proffered in that chapter might seem on the surface like they’re very specific to that department, but they’re not. How do you create a syllabus that has readings that students can access if they can’t afford them? In another chapter, how do you have students introduce themselves in ways that don’t put them in front of their peers and having to say things that might be a little personal, but at the same time, ensuring that the classroom is a space where they know they will be honored and respected for their differences and that their differences won’t be treated as deficiencies. How do you go about doing that? Well, these chapters offer suggestions, and again, with the idea that we all go through training to become members of higher ed, but sometimes there are things that we just don’t know or maybe weren’t made available to us when we were working to become faculty members or administrators and so these are those opportunities to also sit back and question, “what were the thought processes behind why I did that?” [LAUGHTER] You know, “why did I go about choosing these things?” So when the chapters all came in and the artwork was coming in, I was able to sit down and really see a lot of richness in each one beyond even just kind of like that surface level read, which was really exciting actually.

John: For several decades, educational institutions at all levels have put quite a bit of emphasis on DEI initiatives. But in the last year or so, a little over a year here, we’ve seen that under very heavy attack in the federal level, and also we’ve seen quite a few attacks at the level of various states. You address this a bit in your introductory chapter, which is entitled,”It’s Not a Death Knell, It’s a Call to Arms.” Can you give us an overview of the arguments in this chapter?

Roberta: So I don’t know how everybody responded to hearing about that Supreme Court case where they decided that race could not be used as part of the decision making process for admittance to higher education. I think one of the elements of it that’s been very confusing for me has been that the Supreme Court requires that questions be and decisions being narrowly tailored and limited in scope. And the verdict that came out, that was read, the decision was very clear that this was about how race as a category is used in admissions processes. The expansion of it since then to apply to things like scholarships and to apply to programs have been, if we’ve noticed, like on the state level in most cases. So we’re seeing in like Texas, and this is not a knock on Texas, I used to live in Texas, Road Runner all the way.[LAUGHTER] But we’re seeing state level and regional level now taking up the impetus and saying, “Well, we can’t talk about things that are going to make people uncomfortable,” and that’s kind of been the language of it. And we saw it during the first administration, right? There was that executive order that you couldn’t teach things that are going to make people uncomfortable, and it’s such an interesting concept that some people are not allowed to be made to feel uncomfortable, and some people are. And the question is, “why are some allowed and some are not?” And that introductory chapter, it did recognize that we do need to grieve, because it’s a dream, right? Our ideals are wonderful things. They’re goals that we are always striving to and even if we think that we’re achieving them, we always have more that we can do, and so to have made so many strides, to have been pushing and pushing for something as basic as recognition of infrastructural inequity and inequality, and then to have it be brought up as something that is the thing that’s going to be attacked… it hurts. It genuinely hurts. And for all the people who would go to college and can see themselves as deserving of an education, and then the idea that they would be turned around to and told “No, you’re not worthy of learning.” That hurts. And so we do need to grieve, but we don’t give up. We’ve been seeing this since the ‘60s. We’ve been seeing this since the ‘20s. We’ve been seeing this since the 1880s, the 1860s, we’ve been seeing this for centuries in the United States… that we don’t give up, we just change strategy. One thing that was happening around this decision, and then that came and, as you noted, especially in the most recent months, just the constant barrage of it, but we’ve also been seeing the mechanisms of this country coming forward and saying “No, you are allowed [LAUGHTER] to have opinions, you are allowed to teach content, you are allowed to have policies to make campuses spaces of learning.” I think one thing about it has been, though, that we’ve had to also take stock of what we’ve done in the past and if DEI has been treated as a side piece or as a token gesture, yeah, some of those do end up having problems within them. So if we say, “We’re going to create scholarships for a particular community.” Well, why? What was the thought process behind that? And I think sometimes, when we lose sight of what the reasoning is behind things, then things can become token gestures, and we need to reevaluate those too. Every time we’re doing something new, that’s part of the process of being in higher education too. We need to constantly be reflecting on what we’re doing, what’s working, what’s not working. And so that first chapter, it acknowledges the pain that many no doubt feel and continue to feel about what’s going on, but also a reminder, now is the time to keep going. Now is the time to regroup, think through, self critique, self analyze, come together as community and look at what we can do to move forward, because we don’t give up on our students, we don’t give up on our programs, and that’s why [LAUGHTER] we got into these fields, I would hope, or I think, because we do believe in education as just being something that should be available to all.

Rebecca: So your chapter kind of sets the stage for the first section of the book, which contains a number of essays responding to these attacks, policy attacks. What are some of the other suggestions that are raised in this section, or those actions that you’re kind of pointing to?

Roberta: So the first section of the edited collection is very personal. And I think one of the things that gets lost in the debates about DEI in Higher Ed, is that it is very personal. It is people’s very lives. It is their futures. It is people trying to figure out who they’re going to become, and especially if you’re from communities that have historically been told, “You don’t have a future,” it’s personal. You feel it in your very flesh. It’s not abstract, it’s not a concept, it’s reality. And so if we’re going to really do the work of ensuring that Higher Ed serves everyone, we need to be very cognizant of the very human toll of getting into college and being on a campus and graduating and becoming whatever we’re gonna be in the future. So that these first entries in the book are really about setting that stage, about centering the different types of ways of knowing that people have, the different types of experiences that inform who they are when they set foot on a campus or in a classroom or in an office, and then also thinking about, what are our different responsibilities to each other? Is it just that we’re going to say, “Well, we’re all different,” or is it “We’re all different and difference isn’t deficiency. Difference means an opportunity to learn and grow and be together and shift and transform and make new places and ways of knowing and ways of thinking.” It includes lots of different contributors. So there’s artists, there’s photography, there’s poetry, there’s letters to people, there’s personal statements, and these were all designed to very much center the human experience of being in higher ed.

John: The second section, as you already mentioned, focuses on strategic curriculum. Could you share with our listeners some of the suggestions that are provided by the authors in this section?

Roberta: Yeah, and actually, I’m going to give the title of one of the chapters because it was just good, “You Can’t Heal Us if You Don’t Even Know Us: Music, Medicine, and Rethinking Pre-Med Curriculum Adaptation to Community Needs.” This particular entry was a transcript with Dr. Christophe Jackson and myself, and I was asking him… he had been working on a Fulbright, which is actually now underway. And he looks at Music and Medicine. He’s done a lot of work with the jazz musicians clinic in New Orleans. The man is brilliant, or like, when you think about brilliance embodied, that’s him. But he’s very humble, and he’s very passionate about music. He’s also very passionate about medicine, and especially for his own community, but for everybody. And while we were talking, he was sharing with me, if you were going to create a music medicine class, but fundamental to this chapter is actually thinking through the values that educators bring with them when they teach. I think all of the chapters in this section really ask faculty to take a pause and think about “what are the values that you’re bringing with you that are informing who you are and how you put together a syllabus?” And it’s not because we don’t have values or don’t know them in theory when we’re walking into class, but sometimes we get so wrapped up into making a syllabus that we don’t actually pause and think, “What do I know about the people who are coming into my classroom? What do I know about the communities that I’m actually seeking to serve?” If you don’t genuinely know, and this is to create music medicine syllabi for pre-med students… if you don’t know anything about the communities you want to serve, how are you going to serve them? Medicine is not one and done. It needs to be adjusted. It needs to be organized so that the community that’s at hand can be worked with, so that it’s not just them being told, “Oh, you have to do this, this and this,” but instead, “Do you want to be healthy? What kind of things help to be healthy in your community?” From that, we see with other chapters… so for instance, there’s one about a Master’s class for people who want to go into clinical work with mental health, again, thinking through, how do we hold ourselves accountable when we’re creating syllabi, but also in ways that allow students to engage in those practices of self reflection, so that when they leave college, if they already have a profession in mind, they can consider those or use those skills to help them along their own career paths and that is something that many of us are thinking about. You come to college, you learn all of this information, but you’re also figuring out who you want to be in the next phases of your life. And so these, I don’t know what they would be called, like, not soft skills, I’m trying to think of like those kind of invisible elements of the class where you figure out, who are you going to be, how are you going to deliver information to people? When you hear critique, how do you respond? Those are elements that are fundamental to a class but often don’t get talked about. And so when you have a chapter that asks you to consider about using self in relationship to understand another, about cultural humility and empathy through storytelling and counselor training curriculum, you’re being shown those kind of tools that you can bring into your class, even if you’re not teaching a mental health practitioner class. There are other ones that are a bit more specific in terms of field and going into what’s typically called Ethnic Studies, but it’s a pan area, right? So there’s one critically teaching Asian American Studies at an Asian American Studies-less University. So Asian American Studies covers a wide range. It’s very interdisciplinary. If you don’t have an actual department, though, that’s dedicated to that learning. So for instance, Urbana Champaign has an Asian-American studies program. If you don’t have faculty who are directly dedicated to that because you don’t have a department, how do you go about teaching it? So they actually offer a syllabi that they’ve crafted, engaging students, engaging faculty, getting workshops together, doing learning activities. So there’s one for Angel Island, where you get to learn about people’s experiences traveling to the United States and what sort of scenarios they would have encountered. These are very real learning opportunities, very tangible learning opportunities that can have major impacts on students and again, helping them see who they are in the learning process. So even if you’re not teaching Asian-American Studies, this is an assignment that you can then adapt to your own models, to model in your own classes that maybe you hadn’t thought about before or even known that that was a resource available to you. So section two tries to offer different strategies. They might look field-specific on the surface, but when you actually get to look into the chapter more deeply, you find all of these different techniques that are fun in many cases, and really thoughtful and engaging.

Rebecca: I love the wide variety of offerings that you’ve described in these sections. Now we’re fortunate to be working at a public institution in a state system that’s actively working to provide more equitable Higher Ed outcomes, but historically marginalized populations are still experiencing lower rates of persistence to graduation. What are some of the sources of these inequities?

Roberta: There was an article that just came out, and it’s these scientists trying to explain why there is intergenerational poverty. And since we have all of these things, like social programs that are in theory, designed to, quote, unquote, “get people out of it,” then it must be genetic. The article just came out in like 2026. So in 2026 we are still hearing iterations of eugenics propaganda coming out as science. Because what would make sense if we have all of these social programs that people just don’t seem to be rising and fundamental to this study was a refusal to acknowledge that intergenerational poverty is not a matter of genes. That even if there are social programs that are available, are they inherently designed to help people get out of intergenerational poverty? Or are they meant to, and I’m going to quote Martin Espada here, “teach you to shuffle forward for charity.” If they are designed to help you to live a life that you are proud of, to cultivate the skills that you wake up in the morning and are thrilled to have, my guess would be that you would then be able to engage the world around you in a way that is meaningful to you. If we’re thinking about then how education links to that, then you would be attending college, and you would be dedicated to an education that would allow you to actuate those very things. But if we’re not in that system, if we’re not in that world, if we’re in a world that’s designed to teach you to shuffle forward, then you’re not being taught to cultivate those best parts of yourself. And even if you are able to attain some of those aspects, there’s a lot behind it that just isn’t there for you. When we talk about in introductory classes, for instance, for students who are coming in, if you are from a school that… and we’re seeing this more now, and I’m not trying to throw shade on people who are all about technology… I am not… but science is still showing that children learn better with direct, one-on-one contact with a human being. But if you’re from schools that highly emphasize, or heavily emphasize the use of technology, rather than that direct one-on-one attention because of class size or whatever, those children are going to be learning differently than children who go to affluent schools where they do have lower child-to-teacher ratios. And so you start to see from very, very early ages, disparities in what children are learning. And so then you get students coming to college who genuinely want to learn, genuinely want to finish their degree. But what support mechanisms do you have there that are, one, going to actually help them get through the program in a way that’s responsible? And the next thing is, how are you going to do so in a way where the student is able to cultivate an identity that is meaningful to them? Where they’re not just a number, where they’re not just a tuition payment or whatever it is. And we’re starting to hear that economic descriptions more and more about education, and when we do that, then these students who are really struggling to try and make it through, ‘Do you see yourself as part of the campus?” There’s these discussions about belonging. We’re in campuses from an educational model that was designed centuries ago with very specific people in mind about who was going to attend them. What we’re trying to do now is retrofit them to meet these needs and that very real question that I think this book takes up is, “What are the things that we can retrofit, and what are the things that we can just imagine as new and run with those new things too?” I think when we talk about social inequalities, too, it becomes a space where people can start to feel very defensive, and that breaks down conversations, because it’s like, “Well, you know, this money is going over here, and it should be doing all of these things that make differences,” but it’s about how everyone’s involved in it. Everyone from children from rural communities where the school year is dependent on harvest season, to children whose families move because of harvest season, to people who are veterans, to people who are single parents and trying to get degrees so that they can get jobs that will hopefully pay so that they can send their kids to a better school, and that kind of process. So when we talk about these social inequalities and how they show up in college settings, we’re talking about this large, interconnected, intertwined ball of threads and strings, and pulling at one or the other might not be the thing that helps a student get through maybe all of them are. But I think this book offers some insights. When you have students who need more assistance, what sort of things can we do to offer that help in the classroom, and then also administratively?

John: So students come in with different backgrounds because of the quality of the schools and differences in parents’ education and other things which affect where students start at when they enter the school system, and we have a lot of systemic inequality. But, when we have the students coming into our classes, what can faculty do to help reduce some of these equity gaps in outcomes, to create more of a sense of belonging and to help all students be more successful?

Roberta: So read Section two of this book. [LAUGHTER] I mean, some of the things are about very technical pieces, So like, how are things laid out, what types of resources are available with the syllabus and so on. But then there are sometimes things that are less obvious, and they come from the things that we were taught when we were getting our educations that we replicate. When we have a professor we like, we replicate what they did, because it obviously worked. But I think there is some privileging. For instance, reading. Something as basic as that, but also that students are bringing with them different types of knowledge, different types of critical ways of knowing, and that many times, those aren’t being represented in the content of the classes, in the curriculum, because we’ve been taught to focus on one particular thing or one particular way of knowing. And here I’m thinking, this isn’t in the book, but just if I’m a student and I’m not used to having math classes where I see any of the things I care about represented, and all of a sudden I’m being shown how math is actually important in all of these different realms of my life taught from a way that my community speaks, then I’m going to learn it differently than if I’m shown something on the board and then somebody steps away. The ways that I’m going to engage the space, the sort of questions, and this is from section two, now, how do you just even set out the room so that when students come in, they have space to sit down? How do you go about offering assignments? What sort of options do you have for them? So if you offer, let’s say if you have a reading list, and you are requiring students to purchase books and they have to have physical books, when do the grants that help them purchase books come out? If you’re setting them a text that they need to buy and they need to be reading before that grant comes out, they can’t afford the book, that’s why they’re getting the grant. So maybe adjusting when you’re going to start assigning texts that they need to purchase and front loading things like articles that maybe you can give online or things that you can print and give out to them. Simple adjustment, doesn’t call anyone out, but takes into account that some of the students in the class might very well only be able to buy books as soon as that grant comes through on the first Friday of the semester. In other cases, things like having policies that allow students to step out of the class in the event that something becomes triggering for them, not knowing if students have certain types of traumatic experiences in their histories. So saying, “If you need to leave for 15 minutes, step out of the room for 15 minutes, come back in, we have resources available to you.” Things like having, on the campus itself… so this isn’t so much controlled by faculty, but administratively… food kitchens where students who might be experiencing difficulties being able to purchase food, where they can go and get items that they need. Things like professional development workshops on campus. So students who are the first in their families to be graduating college might be the first in their families to be going for these professional level careers. Do they know how to choose a suit that fits? That might sound real simple to some people, like, “Yeah, you don’t want gapping around the pockets, and the shirt has to fall in a certain way.” But if this isn’t your family, you have no idea, and it can be very intimidating to ask for help. So does the campus offer those kinds of services? If they offer professional level clothing, do they offer the other part of it that maybe shows students these other skills that we take for granted as everybody having, but that a lot of students might not have, and so being able to access that, and in a way that doesn’t call them out, that doesn’t act as if it’s charity, but instead, this is part of the experience, and everyone should have it.

Rebecca: Really appreciate, as a designer, you talking about the difference between designing for equity in the s tart versus retrofitting something that was definitely not designed with equity in mind at the back end, right? Those experiences are different, our ability to create equitable experiences are actually quite different under those different circumstances. One of the things that you were just talking about points to the need that faculty have to understand some of the other systems that exist that are outside of the curriculum or outside of their subject matter, like the timing of when grants might be available, or how financial aid works,[LAUGHTER] because those actually have significant impact on the experiences of students at our institutions, and we can make design choices that think about some of those things that are in place, that maybe aren’t as easy to change, or they certainly aren’t going to change at the same speed [LAUGHTER] that we can adapt or adjust a class. I really appreciate that thought. Can you talk a little bit more about, maybe the responsibility faculty might want to take for better understanding some of these other systems, so that they can account for things like this?

Roberta: So it’s a hard balance, right? Because, on the one hand, and this is something I’m very cognizant of, I have curriculum that I have to teach, and I have to make sure that I deliver it accurately and responsibly. It’s easy to get lost in that and we have all of these other pressures. Because teaching alone isn’t it. There’s teaching, there’s service, there’s scholarship, and there’s conferences, and sometimes you get to the end of the day and spend 13 hours, and you know that there’s more [LAUGHTER] for the next day. So I think part of this is not so much adding to the plate, but instead shifting. And I’ve been hearing about the use of the language of shifting. How are we just going to shift over rather than asking faculty to have these extra heavy loads when there’s already so much on the plate? And I think that part of that can be done using mechanisms that we already have. So things like academic affairs retreats, professional development workshops that our campuses offer, even when we go to conferences or things like that. But having people, instead of saying, “Here’s a list of things you have to put on your syllabus,” and then moving on, having opportunities for, for instance, financial aid to come in and meet with faculty, and maybe it’s more of there’s a lot of us, [LAUGHTER] there’s few of them, there’s more of us. So having them come to like department meetings and actually walking us through when certain things will hit and when they don’t. I know about, for instance, a grant for books, because my first semester on campus, students told me about it. Before that, and I know we’re not supposed to do this, but I would just say, “You need a copy of the reading? Here’s my book. Do what you need to do. Just give me the book back before class, so that I have time to prepare.” And you know, they’d be photocopying or taking photos with their phones. But then they told me about this grant, and I was like, “Well, that’s essential to know.” [LAUGHTER] If you can’t buy the book, you can’t buy the book. So then looking at library resources, showing them how to get access to books from interlibrary loan if they’re like, “I genuinely cannot afford this book.” What can you get through Interlibrary Loan? What sort of resources do we have? So having workshops like that with faculty can be very helpful, but it has to be timed. So, you know, we have due dates as well. So having syllabi available by a certain date means that we have to be thinking about spring semester like the year before. So it’s about finding those timings that work with faculty schedules and requirements from the campus itself, and offering those and also, I think the importance of professional development time for faculty, I think across the nation, is kind of hard to find time for right now, but it’s a necessity. If we can sit down and say, “Okay, here are the actual skills that I want them to have? What are the variety of fun things that go along with those?” If I want them to be considering how to find an argument in a poem, I am not a technology person, so bear with me, can I have them distill it down to a meme? (I just learned about memes not too long ago.) And then, “How do I get them to work with that?” So this is using their own sensibilities, drawing from their own cultural knowledges, their own backgrounds, thinking through what sort of resources they have available to them. They’re still going to know how to be able to distill an argument. They’re still going to be able to identify and articulate what is it this person wants me to get and how are they trying to persuade me, but doing so in a manner that allows them to cultivate their own knowledges and not saying, “Well, this is the only way to do it. This is the only option that we have.” But instead offering these varieties. Now, as an English professor, I am always going to end up coming back to the written word, and that’s okay, there’s nothing wrong with that. But what are the flexibilities that are available around that? That students can engage? What different angles can we offer for students to come into the conversation from, while still holding standards and working with students to find that they are very capable of achieving these things? I’m thinking of the book, Nuyorganics, and it’s this brilliant book… it came out a few years back… but about having students cultivate their cultural knowledges and organic intellectualism, combining that to create different types of assignments in the classroom that then move forward. But we need time to be able to do this. And so, in a perfect world, we would have time to do it. So maybe this is something then, that individual departments can start thinking through. If this matters to us, if it’s not a token gesture that we want academic excellence for all, let’s create times and some of the stuff that’s mandatory, like meetings or whatever the case may be, where everybody gets together and actually have somebody come in as a guest and speak to us about some of the things that they’re doing that work, or maybe some processes for finding things that might work for them. I think key to this all too, though, is that it’s not about not making standards or things for students, but instead helping them cultivate the very real skills that they need for success. And that’s part of the conversation too and I think going back to the question about students finding ways to make it through college versus some who are not, this is part of that whole complex system. What resources do they have, and do they know how to, from their own lens and from their own styles, engage these? That there isn’t just one way of going about things or one way of doing it that’s correct, but all these varieties that are available to them.

John: As Rebecca noted, we’re lucky to live in a state where there is still support for diversity, equity, and inclusion initiatives and attempts to try to make things work better for all students, but we do see a number of states that are imposing some really serious restrictions on what people are allowed to teach. They’re redefining our history, redefining science, and limiting what can be talked about in terms of many issues. What advice would you give to faculty who are trying to help students in that environment?

Roberta: I think the first thing would be, know the law and not the law as you’re being told it’s the law, but what is the actual letter of the law. If you know the letter of the law, if you know what it actually says, and you have a cohort of people that similarly know what it actually says, you can make decisions about your response rather than being caught in the moment and having to react. And I think that one struggle people are having is that they’re being put into situations where they’re having to react on the spot. And it’s not that their reactions are bad. They’re human, and what they’re responding to [LAUGHTER] in many cases just doesn’t make sense. I will give them that. But we also have to acknowledge that the paradigm has shifted, and we cannot respond the way that we thought it worked when it’s already shifted. We have to know what’s happening now and what is our relationship to that. I heard a statistic recently about people’s desire for their children to go to college and get degrees, and, you know, it’s lower than it was 20 years ago. That’s about faith in education and faith in the learning process, and in states where people seem to be vilified for wanting to give education books, being thrown away, it’s hard to maintain faith in the very things that we know in our core are right, which is that you don’t discriminate against people because of their race, their ethnicity, their socioeconomic backgrounds, their gender, their sexuality, and disability. And we’re thinking about different ways of knowing. We know this. And I think sometimes the small group of people that are shouting the loudest seem to be the ones that make up the majority, and they don’t. We’re seeing pushes against restriction of political thought. We’re seeing pushes that are being successful, against the attempt to restrict access of education to certain communities. The momentum has to maintain though, we can’t back down from it, and we have to also remember that we need to remind people we are supporting them, that we are here for them, that we will do what we can to support them, that we have not given up the fight, right? It’s not a death knell. It is a call to arms, and we are ready. We might need breaks. [LAUGHTER] Some of us might need to rest every now and again, and that’s totally fine, but we don’t give up. We keep going, and we will continue to be supportive.

John: In line with what you’ve just suggested, back in 1853, Theodore Parker said that “The arc of the moral universe is long, but it bends towards justice.” And this is a quote that was frequently repeated by both Martin Luther King and by President Obama. Do you think we’re going to get back on a better path in the near future?

Roberta: There’s a quote from a book called King Solomon’s Mines, British fiction from I guess a century almost now, ago. And the book is very problematic, but there’s a line in it that goes, “Where there is life, there is hope.” And as much as the book is super messed up, and I’m not advocating anyone read it, I take great comfort in that, that we always have the ability to move forward, that if there is life anywhere, that we can always continue to cultivate the best parts of ourselves to make the world a better place and I think for a long time, we haven’t necessarily been encouraged to cultivate those best parts of ourselves, when you turn on the media, when you turn on the television, whatever it might be, seeing people screaming at each other, seeing people waving flags in each other’s faces, on both sides. And we think about like the polarization of the United States, this has gone on, you know, it’s older than me. But that doesn’t mean there aren’t those of us who really believe in education. That really believe in the ability to learn and grow and find those better parts of ourselves and be open to change. And change is not easy, change is difficult. It hurts. When we grow, we go through growth spurts and our bodies hurt. We grow teeth and our gums hurt, but it’s okay, because on the other side of that, growth is something very real. And right now, we are in a space of growth, and I turn to Gloria Anzaldúa here, because I think about the path to “conocimiento,” which means the path to coming to consciousness. And it goes up, it goes down, it goes left, it goes right, it spirals, and sometimes you think you’ve got it, and nope, you’re right at the beginning again. But if you can engage the process, you will start coming into these movements of complexity and being able to figure out new realities for yourself. I do think that things will get better. I don’t know how long it will take. I would like to say tomorrow, and maybe for some of us it will be, apparently, the planets just realigned themselves last week, and I take great hope in that. [LAUGHTER] But genuinely, I do think that there is hope for the future. When I hear some of the things that my students talk about… I just went through midterms, and seeing some of these midterms just renews your faith in everything, because you’re like, “Thank you. Thank you for believing you could do something that was different. Thank you for trusting the process and yourself enough to engage in this, even if it was new and scary and different.” It’s okay to cultivate those parts of their imaginations and creativity in combination with critical thinking. I think one of the major attacks right now is on critical thinking skills. We don’t give up on those. We hunker down with them. That might make us dangerous, but it also means that we know how to ask good questions, and it’s going to be those people who are able to ask good questions that are going to lead us into the future. I think about Brenda Marie Osbey. She was the poet laureate of Louisiana a few years back, and I got to meet her one time, and she said, “the job of the artist isn’t to answer the question. The job of the artist is to ask them and then to follow these questions through all of their different pathways and find all these nuances and things that we weren’t thinking about or things that we weren’t considering and bringing those to light.” Yeah, that’s it, that ability to think, the ability to create, the ability to continue moving. We do have a lot of pain that we haven’t dealt with, centuries in the making that we do have to deal with, and maybe that’s part of why we’re in this moment now. But that doesn’t mean we can’t come out the other side of it. We just have to have faith that there is another side of it, and I genuinely believe there is.

Rebecca: Given that John has already asked about your crystal ball. I’ll ask a follow up. We always end by asking, what’s next? It could be personally, professionally, the book, any way you want to spin it.

Roberta: So I have a book chapter coming out in a collection called ¿Y Yo También?, and it’s about Latinas and the Me Too movement. And it’s got creative pieces in it, it’s got scholarly works in it, but it’s designed so that anyone can read it, which is awesome, because sometimes we have these very jargon laden conversations about people’s very real experiences that can make it hard for everyone to join in the conversation. So I love this book. It’s coming out with Rutgers University Press this coming fall. The faculty member is in New York, her name is Melissa, and again, coming out this fall. I have a second monograph that I just finished called, But is it sexy? that looks at representation of eroticism in Puerto Rican women’s literature, which was incredible to get to research and write and I’m looking forward to that. Moving forward, I’m going to be presenting at NADOHE, which is the National Association of Diversity Officers in Higher Ed at the end of March. And then next spring, I get to teach poetry, which I’m excited about. And then this semester, I have two more guest artists coming as part of a larger series. Denise Chávez will be joining us, as well as Melissa Rivero at the end of the semester. So these are all major moments of excitement, and I very much look forward to.

John: Well, thank you. It was great talking to you, and I hope your book makes an impact on people.

Roberta: Thank you. Thank you very much.

Rebecca: Yeah, thank you for all your work.

[MUSIC]

John: If you’ve enjoyed this podcast, please subscribe and leave a review on Apple Podcasts or your favorite podcast service. To continue the conversation, join us on our Tea for Teaching Facebook page.

Rebecca: You can find show notes, transcripts and other materials on teaforteaching.com. Music by Michael Gary Brewer.

John: Editing assistance provided by Madison Lee.

[MUSIC]

441. Teaching = Coaching

Coaches and teachers work to develop skills by providing structured learning environments, motivational strategies, and individual feedback. In this episode, Christian Fauria and Constanza Bartholomae join us to discuss the similarities among coaching, teaching, and the work of educational developers.

Christian is a former NFL tight end who played 13 seasons and won two Super Bowl Championships with the New England Patriots, and a national champion at the University of Colorado. Following his retirement from football, Christian transitioned into sports media, working as a college football analyst for ESPN and CBS, while co-hosting a radio show on WEEI in Boston. He is now a Professional in Residence at Bryant University in the Communication and Language Studies Department, teaching courses in sports broadcasting and organizational leadership in sports. Constanza is the Interim Director of the Center of Teaching Excellence at Bryant University.

Show Notes

Transcript

John: Coaches and teachers work to develop skills by providing structured learning environments, motivational strategies, and individual feedback. In this episode, we discuss the similarities among coaching, teaching, and the work of educational developers.

[MUSIC]

John: Thanks for joining us for Tea for Teaching, an informal discussion of innovative and effective practices in teaching and learning.

Rebecca: This podcast series is hosted by John Kane, an economist…

John: …and Rebecca Mushtare, a graphic designer…

Rebecca: …and features guests doing important research and advocacy work to make higher education more inclusive and supportive of all learners.

[MUSIC]

Rebecca: Our guests today are Christian Fauria and Constanza Bartholomae. Christian is a former NFL tight end who played 13 seasons and won two Super Bowl Championships with the New England Patriots, and a national champion at the University of Colorado. Following his retirement from football, Christian transitioned into sports media, working as a college football analyst for ESPN and CBS, while co-hosting a radio show on WEEI in Boston. He is now a Professional in Residence at Bryant University in the Communication and Language Studies Department, teaching courses in sports broadcasting and organizational leadership in sports. Constanza is the Interim Director of the Center of Teaching Excellence at Bryant University. Welcome Christian and welcome back, Constanza.

Christian: Thanks for having us. It’s my first time. I’m excited.

John: It’s great to meet you. Today’s teas are:… Christian, are you drinking any tea?

Christian: I do. I call this my hearty mug. I got a little green tea in there. Nothing but the tea, no sugar, no nothing, no additives. I keep it clean. That’s what I got this morning.

Rebecca: That’s the way to do it.

John: And Constanza?

Constanza: I’ve got my favorite tea. It’s African Nectar from Mighty Leaf. And if you’re someone who doesn’t like tea, or you’re up for an adventure, this is the tea to try. I have convinced many folks who are not tea drinkers, that tea is an option with this particular one.

Christian: Nice.

John: And Rebecca?

Rebecca: I have a Scottish Breakfast tea today, John.

John: An old favorite.

Rebecca: It is.

John: And I have a Lapsang Souchong today, a smoked tea.

Christian: Ooh, fancy.

John: it is. It smells like there’s a wood fire right next to me, and I’m hoping that’s not the case, because I am in an office building here on campus.

Rebecca: We invited you both here today to discuss the working relationship that you’ve developed at Bryant University. Can you each tell us a little bit about how you began working together?

Christian: Okay, so I’ll make a long, long story short, because this will take about an hour. So like you mentioned in the intro, played in the NFL, worked in media forever, got fired some random day, and then just kind of walked around trying to figure out, like, what was I going to do next? I had no idea what I was going to do, and I decided that I wanted to teach. I never wanted to coach a sport other than my kids, because coaches in the college level and in the pro level, they have no life. I wanted a life, so I decided that, with some input from my wife, I said, Yeah, let’s do that. So what I did is I created a syllabus about broadcasting, things that I thought were important. I sent it out an email to like, 10 different schools here in the Northeast region. The only school that did not reply to me was Harvard, and then all the other nine replied to me, and then I just narrowed it down to Bryant. And I’ve never taught before other than a sport, so I was really kind of lost as far as how I should go about it. I knew what I wanted to say, but I didn’t really know how to form it. I didn’t know how to create it. I didn’t know a grading scale. I was very, very green. And when I found out about the CTE center, I met Constanza, and she was like a beacon of hope for me, because she really just explained things as simple as possible for me to understand them. And not only was she good at the technical side. I thought that she was really good at the emotional and physical side as well, because I had no real belief in myself that I could do it. I know I could say what I wanted to say, but I didn’t really know if I could actually get my message across. And then I hijacked all her time, because that’s what I basically did. I hijacked all her time. I would come in there unannounced. I would ask her at the last minute: “I’m stressing out. My class is in five minutes. What should I do?” She was always available. She was always encouraging, she always motivated me the right way. And for me, it was like she was doing all the same things that my coaches did throughout my 13 year NFL career, my five year college career, and then my high school career. It was this exact same thing. It was just a different message, a different tool that she was using, as far as, instead of, like blocking and catching, it was rubrics and teaching philosophies and structure. So again, to me, she became such a good, valuable asset, and then she just became a good friend. So that’s my approach to how we met and how we started working together.
.

Constanza: And on my end, Christian’s department chair said, “I’ve got someone for you to meet. We’ve got this new faculty member. You’re going to love him. And oh, by the way, he used to play for the Patriots.” Now, what his department chair didn’t know? What Christian didn’t know is because I grew up in a family where my dad was European and not into American football, didn’t understand it. And my mom also did not watch sports. I knew nothing about football, like I’ve heard of the Patriots, of course, I live in Massachusetts. I didn’t know who Christian was. I didn’t know how famous he was, what his reputation was. So in comes walking this very energetic and excited human being. And again, I had no idea about anything about who he was or what his subject matter was. And I went home and I said “I had a really cool teaching consult today” to my husband, and he’s like, “Who is it with?” And I was like, “Christian Fauria? And he’s like, “No way. I used to listen to him on the radio on the way home from work.” And I was like, “Oh, that’s cool,” but the more that we interacted, the more I got to know Christian and I was like, “Wow, what a great hire. You’ve got someone who’s so full of life and personality and experience,” and although a lot of times what will happen in the Center for Teaching Excellence is that folks will come in and I don’t necessarily have the same subject matter expertise as they do. I’ve never had, clearly, a career in football or in sports broadcasting. I get to hear about what matters to them, what makes them excited, what they love to learn about. And then we get to talk about, okay, how do we convey this over to your students? And then on top of that, as you both have seen from us talking with Christian he’s just really, really funny and just uplifting and human sunshine. So that was an added benefit. Yeah, for sure,

John: Christian, your experience of coming in without much teaching experience or without much of a background in effective teaching practices is something that’s pretty common for many faculty, but your reaction to it was a little bit different than most faculty. Most faculty just tend to rely on what they had experienced when they were students, and that’s not always the best way of preparing for teaching at the college level. What made you decide to approach the teaching center? Was it a suggestion from the chair, or was this something that you just wanted to find out more about before getting into the class?

Christian: So I had an idea of how I wanted to approach the class, but I graduated college in 1995, so it’d been a long time, and I never really had any professors that I remember making any sort of impact on my life whatsoever. The impact that was made on my life was always from my coaches. So I really wanted to find a way to coach the students or teach the students like I was coached and I didn’t know what I was allowed to do, I didn’t know how far I could go, and that’s why I came to Constanza. I was like, “Listen, this is kind of my idea,” so I really relied on her a lot, to mold my class and to guide me through how I should do things and why I should do these things. Because I really wanted to create, like, first day standards. I wanted to really hammer that home, and I really want to let them know that this is not your ordinary class, like what you’re used to. We’re going to turn that on its head. So yes, that was kind of my approach in the very beginning. Now it’s changed over time, but the initial idea was just that, like, here’s all this information I have. It reminds me of like someone who waits for the last minute to do their taxes, and they got, like, receipts everywhere, and then Constanza’s my accountant. I said, “Here, fix it.” “Okay, how much time do I got?” “20 minutes.” That’s kind of the way I was. And I never left there, I never left her office, scared. I always left her office with not necessarily a pep talk, but just a reassurance that I was doing it the right way, and I shouldn’t listen to the insecurities in my head about what I thought the students were going to think about me or say about me while I was saying it.

Constanza: I think to add on to that, we all need to feel like the work that we are doing matters and is important. And I think that that’s really, if there is a secret sauce to teaching, it’s okay, how do we work with faculty to remind them about why they’re here and why what they’re doing matters, especially in an age where we’re talking a lot about a lack of focus or attention or disengagement. I was listening to Jessica Riddell talk at the AAC&U annual meeting, and she said, “I’ve been thinking a lot about the time that we’re in, and I don’t know if necessarily it’s disruption, but a rupture in the educational system, first with the covid pandemic, then with the advent of generative AI, and so there’s a lot of reworking going on in the teaching field right now, trying to really explain, like, what is our teaching philosophy? Why is what we’re doing important?” And so I think that working with faculty in the educational development space, like how I’m able to work with Christian is such an honor, because we really get to help them re- explore their passions and think about how they can translate that over. And one thing that I noticed about Christian right away is, as he said, he cared a lot. I know he’s made comments and said, “How can I do this in 20 minutes?” But actually, we were meeting so much more frequently than that, and he was thinking things through and planning out his whole semester. And so in certain ways, I was like, “Okay, well, we’re in January. Let’s not worry about April for a little bit, but let’s focus on the next few weeks.” I think, in that sense, I knew here’s someone who cares about their students, their outcomes, but also their well being, and that is someone I can really, really work with, because ultimately, at the end of the day, I tell my students, I care about you learning content, but I care more about how you feel in the classroom. And that was Christian. He’s like, “I’ve got the content in my head. I’m ready to go, but how do I make sure that it lands in a way where students are able to accept and interpret it, are able to digest it, and are able to show me that they can demonstrate understanding and meaning from it.” So it was really like the educational development perfect connection, if you will, and reminded me also of why I do what I do. So it had that impact as well.

Christian: Now, that was well said. That’s exactly how I feel about it.

Rebecca: Coaching is really relational. I’ve been observing my daughter, who is ice skating and working with coaches. And the way coaches work with individuals is often different depending on their personality and who they are. So I’m curious how you see the relationships between coaching and teaching, because I know that I’ve been observing successful coaching and thinking about, “Hmm, what is that secret sauce, and how does that translate over to teaching?” And some of it is like this coachability piece, is this willingness to accept some feedback, or wanting to have a good impact on the learner, whoever that learner might be.

Christian: I’ll go first on this one. So there’s an old saying in the sports ranks where the players don’t care about what you know until they know that you care. And I would say that’s exactly the same way, at least that’s my approach to it. And it looks different for every teacher, every coach, and I would say it looks different for every classroom, because there needs to be expectations, there needs to be trust, there needs to be accountability, there needs to be passion, there needs to be knowledge, all that stuff. It’s all the same thing. I’m telling you. It’s no different from coaching and teaching, at least from where I sit, because I’ve seen it now, and I’ve only been there for over a year, and I know that I have to show some sort of appreciation for them showing up, trying. It doesn’t mean I let them pull a fast one on me, because it goes both ways, and so I echo that sentiment to a T. And the old way of doing things in sports overall is gone the way of the typewriter. Nobody is hardcore authoritarian. It’s more transactional now in sports, based on all the different ways athletes go to school say, “I’ll give you money if you do this.” That’s not the way it is in the classroom, but I would call it, and I don’t know if I can curse on this show, there needs to be a high level of a give-a-shit factor, like you have to give a shit about what you’re doing and what you’re saying. And I think it’s very, very obvious to the students, they’re on to you quick, so you can’t pull a fast one over them. And Costanza, that’s kind of the way I feel about it.

Constanza: I think, as teachers, we’re helping students find meaning in whatever subject matter we’re teaching. And Arthur Brooks is coming out with a new book next week titled The Meaning of Your Life: Finding Purpose in an Age of Emptiness. And so Oprah interviewed him last week, I think, and I listened to the podcast episode, and I was like, “Tell me more. You’re a professor and you’re studying the meaning of life. What is that?” And so for him, his definition of happiness is combined with three things: satisfaction, enjoyment and meaning. And he found in his work that meaning is where folks under 30, especially college-age students, perhaps we’re struggling the most, and so I think our job as instructors is to deliver that sense of meaning in our subject matter and really connect the dots to students now more than ever, in an age of generative AI, where folks can look up information and disinformation very easily, we need to show them the humanness behind it, the application behind it. It’s so important. The same happens in the educational development space and in the coaching space. If someone feels like they do not matter or that you wouldn’t notice them if they were absent in your class, they are far less likely to be engaged. It’s very important in my work that in the space that I’m in, where faculty come in and they are vulnerable, they’re usually talking to me about something that isn’t working. I do get folks come in and say, “This worked great. I’m so excited.” Or occasionally I’ll get someone that’ll say, “I want to upend my classroom. Let’s totally do things differently.” But usually they’re coming to me because they’re struggling with something in the classroom, and it’s really hard to be vulnerable if the person that you’re speaking with doesn’t know you or isn’t willing to be vulnerable with you in turn. So I always talk about my teaching failures, or even just to the degree that I feel comfortable, of course, and even just things that I’m going through in life at the level that I feel comfortable with, because I feel like the faculty that I work with need to get to know me. We need to develop a relationship of trust, and then we can talk about all right. “Well, here are some things that I think might need to be changed.” So that if I’m giving them feedback, even if it might be not exactly what they wanted to hear or might be difficult, they know, okay, the person who’s talking to me on the other end of this conversation cares about me as a human first and as an educator second, and they then feel more comfortable letting me know exactly what’s going on without having to sugarcoat it, or they feel comfortable walking in my door in the first place. So I think, in that sense, if we’re working in teaching centers to coach faculty on strategies that they can then use to coach students. It’s really developing what Peter Felton and Leo Lambert talk about in terms of relationship-rich education that expands beyond the classroom space that really makes a campus community full of that. I also think too, reminding ourselves that just like students who are first year that come onto campus and are new, our faculty who are new are experiencing that too. Christian is a very energetic and outgoing person, but it was his first year on campus. So like, how do we connect our faculty to different folks on campus that they can reach out to if they’re in need of support or their students are? How do we let them know about what’s available to them to make sure that they feel supported and seen? It’s not something that we always talk about, but establishing that for faculty is really, really important in faculty development work. So I think our job really is to connect and to help folks discover or rediscover their own meaning, why they matter, so that they can then, in turn, do that for their students.

Christian: Let me jump in real quick, because I do think this is important. So how do you connect? In the pros, you’re with the same group of guys for eight months, seven days a week, nine hours a day. So it’s easy to make a connection. It’s so much harder to make a real connection in college, teaching kids. So you may see them once a week, twice a week, for two hours a week. Who knows? I would say this, and it’s a pain in the butt, learn their names. Tell them you’re going to learn their names. I try to do it. I challenge, say, “Listen, by the end of the semester, if I don’t know everybody’s first and last name, if I can’t say it correctly, I will get everybody one letter grade higher than what they already have.” So I put my butt on the line because I do think most of them kind of feel like I’m just like a finance major. I’m a whatever major. I do think learning their names, or at least trying to learn their names, in the short period of time that you’re with them, I think makes a huge, huge connection. Right off the bat, I let them know I’m gonna learn everybody’s name, and it’s freaking hard, man, because there’s so many damn kids. We got so much going on, but that’s one of my goals, always.

John: And that is a topic we’ve explored on past episodes of the podcast, and specifically with Michelle Miller, who wrote a book on how to learn names. And we’ll share a link to that in the show notes. It’s a great book, and it’s a short book, too. It is difficult to learn names. You both emphasize the importance of building connection and building trust to set a foundation for everything else that happens in the classroom. What are some of the other ways in which coaching is similar to teaching, or some of the things that you may have learned from coaching that you brought into the classroom in terms of things like increasing student motivation, because we’ve all been concerned about students becoming a bit more disengaged over the last several years.

Constanza: I think, apart from getting to know your students’ names, genuinely learning who they are as individuals, is something that, unless you’re in a classroom full of 300 students… at Bryant, we do not have that. We have the luxury of having smaller class sizes. And there are many ways that you can do that. We’ve talked for years about intro surveys, but I also think too asking deeper questions. In today’s age, we need to ask questions that really ask our students what they’re hoping to gain from class, but also ask them what would make you feel like you belonged in this classroom space, or what type of classroom space has been a really great one for you, and what did that instructor do and why? So that we understand how they are able to best flourish in the classroom space. And I think that this happens in coaching a lot, too. If we ask folks, what’s the best way for you to receive feedback, some people might want you to start with accountability up front. And they might want you to say, “Well, you told me your goal was this, and you haven’t been meeting it.” For me, that would hit me with so much guilt that if somebody coached me in that way, it’s like when my husband says, Constanza, “I know that you were supposed to be working on your dissertation today. Did you do any writing?” And I’m like, “Oh, I didn’t get any writing today. I’m sorry.” Like, if I start off with that, I get really nervous. So I know, for me, that isn’t always the best way to go about it. Sometimes I have days that are anomalies where I want that, but asking students like, “What’s the best way for you to get feedback? …and sticking to that as best as you can.” I do think we need to personalize the educational space more. I think it’s hard, because just like Christian said, we’ve seen the educational space change. We didn’t talk about belonging as much as we do now, even 10 years ago. Now, it’s so crucial. I think the challenge is balancing that, because instructors are humans too, and so, for them, they’re one instructor, maybe in a room of 35 students, times three or four classes. So it’s working with instructors to coach them into okay, how do you build those connections with your students? And how do you do it in a way that isn’t going to cause you to burn out? Perhaps that’s by asking better questions. Perhaps that’s by changing the way that we ask the questions. Perhaps that’s by talking to them about different ways that they can synthesize that information, or working with their teaching center to do that. I think those are the ways that we start to do it today, because students want that. And if students feel like their instructor doesn’t care about them, they are going to be less engaged. And if faculty feel like the teaching center on their campus is not a friendly place, or is not a place where they feel comfortable or safe sharing, they’re not going to go there. And so we need to make sure that we’re really listening to the people that we are working with, whether they be students or faculty or administrators or staff, and speak their language in terms of feedback, in terms of praise. And that’s another thing too. I think in teaching, we’re always looking for ways in which our students are struggling, that we forget sometimes, that we need to also give praise and feedback on what they’re doing right, and why. Because so often we’ll see our high performers and say, “Oh, well, Susie’s fine,” like she’s got this, she did really great on this assessment, and we don’t tell them how they did really great on the assessment. And that can be a form of isolation on campus as well, if those high performers are not feeling seen. And so that’s another thing I think we really need to be thoughtful about, and we also need to be thoughtful about the faculty members that we see spotlighted a lot. They’re still human, checking in with them, seeing how they’re doing, asking what they did over the weekend. Those small things really, really matter, and can help someone feel like they’re connected or disconnected to campus.

Christian: So Constanza, you said something I was literally cracking up. That’s why the connection between the two worlds, I think, is fascinating to me. If I respected and knew that my coach cared about me and was pushing me and was challenging me the right way, and I went out there and I let them down. I felt like crap. I felt like crap because I appreciated the effort that they put into developing me, and it’s those uncomfortable conversations, because, like, I sit there, I walk in there, man, I feel like these kids are fragile… You got to be real careful with what you say to one and how you say it, and you don’t want to say the wrong word or stick your foot in your mouth. I think they want, and I don’t have a better phrase for this, Constanza, maybe we can workshop this… tough teaching. I think they want it. I think they want to be challenged. They want somebody to challenge them. Because that, to me, is like the “Oh,” like, “this was really worth it. This is a great class. I learned a lot,” and that’s what I do. And I can tell the students listen. Some of them don’t care at all. They just want to get through it. But I would say 80% of them are dialed in, and it always makes me feel better when I see them accepting the tough teaching. This was not good enough. You know what our expectations are. Why would you do it this way? You know what the standards are, like I told you the day one, and I keep reiterating it every single day. You’re so much better than that. It’s a little bit of mix of scolding but reaffirming your love for them. I’m on you. I’m talking to you this way because I know you can do better. I know you can, so don’t tell me that I don’t believe in you, because I’m showing it right now. It may not be the way you want it, but that’s the way it’s going to be given to you, because this is the way I think I can get the most out of you, and I’m real open about that. And to Constanza’s point, that’s why I was laughing, because my coaches, whenever they were like this, I was at my best; when they just kind of walked through and didn’t say anything, I didn’t care at all if I messed up, because he was a jerk. So I was fine with it.

John: That reminds me a little bit of the concept of wise feedback that’s been developed by David Yaeger and others, which is, let students know that you’re giving them feedback because you believe that they’re capable of more. In several randomized, controlled studies, it’s been shown that that increases student effort substantially.

Christian: Yeah. And to be honest with you, I was giving them feedback during the class, but I wasn’t when I was grading them, and I remember Costanza saying, “You got to give them feedback.” In my head, I’m like, “Oh, geez, there’s so many kids, like, I’m going to be writing like, a long, two page paper for each kid.” And I really appreciated that, because she was right. I felt so ashamed that I was not giving the feedback that I should have been giving them, because, to your point, it’s important for them to hear what they did wrong, what they continue to work on, and how I know they can do it. I’ve changed since the first day. I think you’re like, “You’re not giving them feedback?” I was like, “Well, I am. I’m just not giving probably enough.”

Constanza: And I think, too, we talk in higher ed a lot about the phrase “compassionate challenge.” And so Christian is able to have difficult conversations with students, or what others might perceive as difficult conversations with students, because he shows them how much he cares. And so when he says things like “Hey, like what happened here?” from someone else who doesn’t have that connection established with their student, that might be the most intimidating question ever. Christian also will say to them, like, “Hey, this is going to be challenging.” What he didn’t tell you is he brought a group of students out to radio row to cover the Super Bowl. And I’m sure he said to them, “This is going to be challenging. You’re going to have to meet people that you’ve never spoken to before.” We know for students that just speaking up in general, in today’s age, in a classroom with an instructor that they’ve gotten to know over the course of this semester can be intimidating. And I was so impressed by the work that the students were putting out and the little clips that I saw on Instagram, in the coverage that I was seeing. And that’s really a moment where, as an educational developer, you take a step back and you’re like, “Wow, this is public evidence of someone who has taken teaching, who has taken coaching… literally taken students out of their element into a brand new experience. And look at them thriving. Look at them doing the thing that, in the classroom maybe was talked about as theoretical. Look at them applying it.” And so I’ve been just really proud to watch Christian’s evolution in terms of the way that he coaches his students and teaches them too.

Rebecca: I’m curious, at what level, both in faculty developer working with a faculty member and also a faculty member working with a student, how much work there is, maybe, to overcome impostor phenomenon. So moving into a new space, a new discipline, even if the subject matter is familiar, how that can kind of play into [LAUGHTER] like either desperately wanting feedback or also some fear, and how students can be the same, maybe in a class with someone famous [LAUGHTER] might be really intimidating, and how to kind of work through some of those kinds of challenges students and faculty face?

Constanza: Yeah, I think first, to go back to what I said earlier, you have to develop a connection with the faculty member that you’re working with as well. In my experience, that is the only way that you can be successful in terms of educational development, because you can give a ton of advice, but if the faculty member doesn’t know that you mean what you say and that you care, and if they don’t know who you are as a human, it doesn’t matter. And so folks might come in and they might be skeptical of you. They might be skeptical of the theories or the teaching center or the work, and then you have to demonstrate to them in a way that isn’t condescending, that’s inviting, “here’s my subject matter expertise.” We forget sometimes that educational developers have that too. We have a whole lot of subject matter expertise, and my colleague, Michelle Munoz in our teaching center is always talking about that, which I love. It’s a good reminder for me too. So before we get into any of that, first we have to sort of human to human talk, and then we can get into coaching. And then we can say, “All right, what’s your plan? Let’s talk about it.” And if it doesn’t go according to plan, I love reminding faculty, the only person who had the playbook was you. So, if you didn’t cover all five things that you wanted to cover, the only person to know that necessarily is you. But also, that is what we need to remind faculty. And also it can be a positive thing. Maybe students got so fascinated about a particular area that you were talking about, you had all of this conversation that time flew by and you didn’t cover everything. Faculty in today’s world are so worried, at least in the work that I do, about covering all of the material. We had a huge snowstorm, and then a blizzard in Rhode Island. And so we had multiple days this semester that either school was canceled or we went remote. And so there was a lot of nervous energy there about, “oh no, I had planned for X many course sessions. The classic snow day happened, and now I have to figure out how to compensate.” And so working with faculty on saying, like, “Hey, it isn’t about covering all the content necessarily. It’s the quality.” And let’s rethink and reframe what that looks like, not just for this week, but for the semester. Because, again, the semester long playbook is yours, and you are the subject matter expert. You determine what students really, really need to know in order to have meaning come out of this class, let’s work together on it. So that’s how I think I would respond to that question.

Christian: Listen, from a teaching standpoint, for me, is: “absolutely what am I doing here? I don’t belong. I don’t know anybody all that stuff. I don’t have a master’s degree, but I know I know what I’m talking about because I’m an expert in my field. I just don’t have a degree for it.” Nobody has been like, “Here’s a trophy. I don’t have a Marconi. I have 20 years in the business,” but, yeah, to me, that’s a Costanza thing. It’s almost like, you are good enough, you are smart enough. You know, it’s one of those things. [LAUGHTER] I’m like, “Yeah, let’s go. There’s no brick wall to run through, there’s just a door, so I have to consume my energy.” So that was real. I’m not gonna lie. Admitting that is hard to do because, like, I just didn’t really feel like I belonged at first, and it took some time and some coaching to feel comfortable in my own skin, for a bunch of like, 19 to 20 year olds.

Rebecca: They’re tough crowd.

Christian: They are a tough crowd. I look at them sometimes and I’m like, they don’t give a crap what I’m saying right now. And I leave there depressed, and I feel like I didn’t do a good job. That’s the worst feeling, to be honest with you, is leaving the classroom going, “Oh man, that sucked. I could have done so much better than that.” But I will say this, I know I’m kind of changing the direction, but even when that happens, I’ll have some students that’ll come up to me, and I swear up and down, this kid was not paying attention, could care less, was not engaged at all. When those guys come up to me, or those girls come up to me and they say, “This is the best class I’ve ever had.” I’m like, “Really? You didn’t say one word.” [LAUGHTER] You didn’t say anything. You acted like I had a big hole in my head. And that, to me, is very rewarding.

Constanza: Yeah, and I think to go back to the point about impostor syndrome, we all feel it. So sharing it… I started teaching in the college space when I was 23 and so like Christian, I tell faculty this, like Christian, I was like, “No, I’m supposed to be on the other side of the desk, I’m just supposed to be learning. I’m not supposed to be teaching. And the first day I taught, the technology didn’t work. I couldn’t get my roster. It was, in all senses, a disaster. And I remember going home and called my dad, and I was like, “Dad, I don’t know how you do this teaching thing. You have to get up in front of people, and they’re staring at you, and everyone depends on you,” and that’s a lot like you said, Rebecca, it’s a tough crowd, and I think too, we’re navigating again like a rupture in higher education, like I mentioned earlier, that Jessica Riddell talks about. And so it’s showing faculty different skills and strategies to reconnect with their audiences in different ways, and they’re learning how to do that. And beginner learning experiences when you’re doing something in a different way can be daunting. And so it’s everything that Christian said. It’s connecting on stories of, okay, well, this didn’t go the way that I expected in the classroom, knowing you’re not alone. I mean, if we could tell tales from the teaching center, which we can talk about things in broad terms, but we’re a non-evaluative, confidential space, but if we had tales from the teaching center, I think a lot of people would say, “Oh, I didn’t realize that so many people were going through the same thing that I was going through. And that’s what we hear on a daily basis in the teaching center. So when folks come to me and say, “I didn’t feel great in that class,” or “the students seem really tired this week,” I can be like, “yeah, there’s a lot going on this week, from what we’ve heard,” and I can reaffirm that for them, but I can also talk to them about my silly moments too, and I’ll also say what I love. My sister is a daycare teacher, and she talks, and she’s like, sometimes things don’t go according to plan in daycare and I’m like, “What do you do?” Like, talk to me about what that looks like, because I only know how to work with adults. I don’t know how to work with toddlers. And she’s like, sometimes we just have to redirect and shake the sillies out. And she, quite literally, will have the students just like, shake it out. And I feel like we need to just shake it out in higher education too.

Christian: I’m doing that. [LAUGHTER]I’m so doing that.

Constanza: Isn’t that adorable. They shake the sillies… [LAUGHTER]

Christian: I bet you, they can probably laugh about it. It probably completely brings them back to their childhood, and it does kind of reset during that time. I’m literally going to do that.

Constanza: I love that, and I will say too, when students get up to present in front of the class, I think that’s probably when they have the most empathy for us, because they realize, “oh, I have to be the focus of attention, and I have to be the content expert right now, and I also need to be not robotic, but engaging.” And those moments, I think, can be helpful in reestablishing connection, not that I think you should just assign students a presentation for no reason. I think that would be very anxiety inducing [LAUGHTER] for most students today. But I think talking about how it might be really daunting for us to be up in front of the class, or letting students know, like, “Hey, I didn’t sleep really well last night. So if I say something and it doesn’t fully make sense, please ask a question,” or just reminding students that we get paid to answer questions, I love saying to faculty, “They actually pay me to answer your questions,” because they’ll be like, “I don’t want to bother you. I know you’re so busy, you’ve got so much going on, I don’t want to take up all your time,” unless you’re Christian. He just said he loves to hijack my time, but like, I get paid to answer questions, come ask questions. We love that in the teaching center, and I know that faculty love it too, because to Christian’s point when someone comes up and asks a question or says, “Wow, that was a really cool lesson.” Oh my gosh, like my heart swells. And I wrote a piece for Inside Higher Ed a while back about keeping a jar of those types of comments, because teaching evaluations, especially, we hold on to that one comment that is slightly negative or totally negative, and we don’t see all the other comments that are like, “this was really eye opening and inspirational,” and “this instructor really cared.” No, we just focus on that one. I think we need to talk about our wins. And if I may, one other thing that I’ll say, I had my husband do this just yesterday, so it’s not just in the educational development space. He works in property management, and he had a woman come in yesterday and her internet was disconnected, and he was like, “I will come stop by during lunch and I’ll help you out.” And she wrote him back and she said, “You made me feel connected to the world again by helping me out.” And I was like, “Michael, you better frame this. I’m not kidding. Like this is the best piece of feedback that you’ve gotten,” because usually folks come to him and they’re like, “I’ve got a problem in my living space,” and it’s really stressful. And he did. He did because he knows I talk about it all the time. I’m like, celebrate your wins, put them as a reminder, so when you have a bad day, you can go back and look at it and be like, “Oh, okay, this is why I matter. This is why I’m here.” We all need that.

John: I’m going to put in a plug for another podcast that came out in the middle of March, about a month or so ago on impostor phenomenon by Sara Kien. We had a really good discussion of that, so I’d encourage people to go back and listen to that if they’d like to learn more about it. In earlier conversations, you both mentioned how surprised you were about the strong similarities between the ways in which skills are developed in sports and the way in which skills are developed in the classroom. How has the experience of sports perhaps informed the way in which you work with students to develop their skills?

Christian: So I would say I have 14 classes with them total in a semester, it’s a lecture class, and there’s not a chance in hell, in 14 classes, I will have them camera ready at a high level to be ready to perform. So what I do is, to develop those skills, we practice it, every day when we get in, we practice certain skills and we practice them again. And part of that would be my game plan. For a game every Monday, when I would come into the facility, my coach would hand me a game plan. Here’s your game plan. Here’s what we’re going to do. Before we even practice, we would do the basic stuff, chopsticks, you know what I mean? Like just to warm up. And the funny thing is, what I’m realizing now is like, I keep telling them, “You guys don’t even understand what I’m doing right now. You’ll understand it in about two months,” because I make them do it over and over and over and over and over again. I said it’ll make sense in the end, and that’s kind of the way I look at it. I think specifically for broadcasting, there needs to be repetition. There needs to be a massive amount of repetition. And there’s a technical side to broadcasting. There’s a physical side to broadcasting, and there’s an emotional side. The first two, I can teach that all day long, easy, like we’ll hammer it home. The emotional side is the more difficult avenue that I’ve seen, getting them comfortable in their own skin. So to that, how do I develop that skill, which is the hardest one to develop, especially for someone who’s not comfortable being in front of people, who’s not comfortable speaking? I’ve created certain… I’ll just call them competitions, either solo or as a group… I’ll divide them into left side versus right side, and constantly putting them in those situations that make sense when they do their final, and then when their final comes around, listen and I tell them, “You’ve done this. We’ve done that. We’ve done this again. We did it over and over again. You guys are ready. The skills are there. The information is there. Now let’s put it into practice.” Constanza was actually… and I hijacked her for one of my classes, for one of the presentations, because I created our own version of Shark Tank, and she was one of the judges. And she was supposed to be real critical and challenge them. I want them to be challenged. And there was two other professors that helped out. So that’s what I would say, developing those skill sets. As far as the stuff that I teach is just constantly, constantly repping it. It has to be wrapped, and it has to be rep in the sports world, with different situations, different scenarios, different games, different endings, different circumstances, tough. “Hey, can I really say this?” “Well, no, but say it this way,” making them a goal again, but then at the same time, making sure that that person knows, because we’re talking about insecurities now, people judging me, making fun of me, like even though they’re probably not, that everybody else in the class needs to know. This is a workshop. This is a dojo, like we’re practicing here. This is not the final event. This is not our Olympic 100 meter relay. Like, this is the dojo. We’re in the dojo now, and this is where you’re allowed to make mistakes. So that’s kind of the approach that I take.

Constanza: Yeah, I think similarly, when I teach Spanish language classes, I say, “look, first, in order to learn, you have to be here, right?” And I explained to my students why it matters, and I get to know them on a personal level, so that if someone isn’t here, you’ll hear my students say, “Yeah, I had to take a picture of an empty chair and text it to my friend Bobby, because they weren’t in class today,” because I’ll say “We missed you. You’re not here.” Like, “hope you’re doing okay. Check in.” I like to let them know. First and foremost, I notice if they’re not there. Second, this goes along with faculty too. Like, if I haven’t seen one of my faculty in a while, I’ll email them and say, “Oh my goodness, we haven’t connected. How are you? What’s going on? What are you teaching this week?” Because I want them to know I’m thinking about them, even if we don’t cross paths in the hallway. In educational development, similarly, if we’re not practicing our teaching skills or staying informed about what different and new pedagogies are, or different approaches, then it becomes really hard to pivot if we need to. And gosh, if COVID taught us anything, it’s that we need to be ready to pivot if something happens. And the blizzard showed us that as well, we suddenly went for a couple of days to remote learning. So we need to know how to be adaptable in a way that our students are able to absorb it. We need to be able to do that for educational development too. So we’ll do things in the teaching center like have one-on-one consults, and we’ll ask for follow ups from faculty if they want to. We hope that they do. And we’ll also not just do one off workshops, but we’ll do a workshop series, because I think you all can relate to the idea that sometimes you go to a workshop, you have tons of great ideas, but there isn’t follow up. And so that repetition that Christian’s talking about, we have a series of events, like a book group or a four-series workshop. Then folks have time to reflect upon what they’ve learned, think about implementation, and come back with questions, checking in with folks to say, “how was the pace of this session,” or “we talked about this approach you were going to take in the classroom, how did it go?” And actually showing that we care as educational developers in a way that is coaching, but also just again, genuine, is so important as well, because sometimes faculty might have tried something and it didn’t go the way that they planned, and they might be embarrassed or shy to come and talk to us and say “this didn’t work out.” So normalizing that as part of the process, and then to feedback like we talked about earlier, letting folks know, “Hey, you’re not the only one who’s experiencing disengagement. This week, we’ve seen an uptick in that” or “Yeah, like there does seem to be a lot of absences the day before spring break. It’s not just your class,” letting them know that it might feel personal, right? Because you’re saying, “oh my gosh, why did three students not show up to my class? I had a really great topic prepared.” “It’s not just you. There’s a trend that we’re seeing here.” I think that is really helpful.

John: One of the things you mentioned a couple of times was the importance of letting faculty know that they’re not alone. And as you said, reading groups or a series of workshops where faculty get to work together repeatedly, allows those things to naturally come out, and it’s so reassuring for faculty when they feel that they’re not the only ones experiencing those challenges.

Constanza: Yeah, and I think that is one of the beautiful things that we do in the teaching center that isn’t necessarily labeled as a service that we offer, but maybe it should be, and maybe that’s a way that we need to reframe the types of consults that we do. Maybe it’s a belonging consult, but everyone is different, right? So for me, I’m just like, “Oh, I’m meeting with Christian today, and we’ll see what we talk about.” And I genuinely get to know him as a human. I get to know what he teaches about. I get to say, “Huh, I have no idea about this. Can you teach me?” But yeah, I do think that one of the unspoken and unwritten rules in educational development is helping faculty engage with their students but also find their niche in the campus and sort of connecting the dots between what’s available for them and what can help enhance their teaching. So when we talk about coaching on the field and we talk about performance, we want athletes to be better, to feel more motivated, to have that drive and energy. We want the same thing for our instructors, too, but we also want them to know that not every single day goes perfectly. Just because we’re subject matter experts doesn’t mean that we have all the answers. And I think when we talk about that feeling of being alone on campus, that also means, if a student is going through something, and you’re a faculty member and you care about… I tell my faculty all the time, we have a lot of student-facing resources on campus. That is when you refer, like you’ve got something going on with a student and they need support that is outside of the scope of being an instructor in the room. That’s why we have care report, so that you can get that student the support that they need. And for faculty, we’re often the only faculty facing office on campus. So letting faculty know, “Oh, by the way, you’ve got somebody here. You’ve got a team here that is here just for you, so that if you’re navigating, let’s say, classroom management, we’re here to consult with you, to talk about what are some ways that you can navigate this. What are some approaches that you can take that are different than perhaps the ones that you’ve been taking?” So yeah, it’s really important not to feel alone, especially in teaching. It’s such a relational field.

Rebecca: One thing that I heard come out in the conversation today is maybe a need for this practice and repetition for fluency, but with variety. And I think repetition kind of implies, by its nature, that it could get boring really quick. So how do you, as a coach, bring in that variety so that it stays engaging?

Christian: Well, I think you just said it. Sports is all about repetition, shooting the same free throw 100 times, blocking the same way over and believe me, it gets boring, and you’re hoping that your coach can get creative. So we’ll just change the drill, and you feel like it’s new, but it’s technically the same thing. It just looks different, but the coach is still getting the same outcome that he wants, but now he’s got you reengaged, and you’re not bitching and complaining about being in the same old thing in week 10. I think that’s the same thing for teaching. It is, how could I create the same lesson plan or try to get the same thing across and they think that it’s actually different? And I try to do that as much as possible. Either I change the topic, I change the theme of it, because, you know, I get bored too. [LAUGHTER] I get bored. So, like, Man, [snap fingers] [LAUGHTER] I gotta snap out of this. Let’s kind of change where everybody sits. I don’t know, like, just do something different. That’s about as simple as I can get with that. Like, I think it’s the repetition is key, and you can’t get rid of it. You can’t ignore it. But I do think creating a different lesson plan that still has the same teeth as how it was originally set up to be, I think is important also.

Constanza: Yeah, and I think the same type of coaching practice happens in educational development too. Number one, not every single strategy or approach or recommendation, I make… Christian will laugh when I say this, but in our first weeks of mentorship, I was like, “Look, you don’t have to listen to me.” And he’s like, “But Constanza, I’m here. I want to listen to you.” And he’d always say that over and over again. And I was like, “Well, no Christian. What I mean by that is, I’m going to give you a variety of options. You choose what feels right for you, for your teaching style, for your teaching approach.” So we have to offer variety, because folks may or may not be comfortable with one solution that we give. We might need to give them a variety so that they say, “Oh, this one feels like it fits for me or for my context,” because, again, as I mentioned at the beginning of this episode, I often am not very familiar with the subject matter that the faculty member is coming in with. So I’m there to talk about the teaching strategies. Number two, there are so many books on educational development, they keep coming out. Why? Because our students and our faculty are changing in terms of their expectations, what they need. So we need to adapt, and there will always be books on educational development, because we’re still learning more about how we learn, and again, the people who are in front of us change. So I think, on that note, too, we need to constantly be offering variety. If I only offered the same three workshops every single year, I would not have attendance, because faculty will say, “Well, I’ve seen that. That’s old. Teach me something new.” So if we want to engage faculty, then we need to give them new approaches. Or if we’re talking about student engagement, which is something that we’ve always been talking about, we need to talk about different ways that they can approach that. So to Christian’s point, yes, it’s the same topic, but it’s a different way of explaining it, or it’s a different idea, or it’s having faculty perhaps present themselves and say, “This has really worked well for me in the classroom. Let me show you how I do it.” We have one instructor who, he came in last summer, and he said, “Constanza, I’m going to upend my class, and I want to talk to you about it.” And I said, “All right, tell me more.” And so he decided to use flipped learning for all of his classes. He started with one, and now this semester, he’s using it for all of them in a really different and unique way. And then he delivered a presentation about it a few weeks ago to talk about the implications of that in the age of AI, which is not how we would have talked about flipped learning even five years ago. So we all need a refresh on our teaching. And the other thing I’ll add to what Christian said is, if you don’t, it gets boring for you too. I know even teaching three sections of the same course back to back, by the third section, I’m like, “Okay, did I say this in this section, or did I say it in the section before?” We need to spice it up for ourselves so that we can have the passion to then share with our students. It’s so important.

John: We always end with the question: “what’s next?”

Christian: Is world domination too aggressive? [LAUGHTER]

John: It seems to be really popular right now.

Christian: Oh, that’s true. [LAUGHTER] True. World domination in the teaching profession, that is what’s next for us. I’m going to speak for Constanza as well, because we feel like we have a really good message, and I think we have a real unique way of sharing and explaining that message. And so what’s next for us, from a partnership, is trying to find unique and creative ways to share what we have learned. And that’s the easiest way I could express it. Constanza, you do the academic version and clean it up for me.

Constanza: I think just to add to what Christian has said, I really, really enjoy working with Christian. It’s not every single day that you get to go home and say, “Yeah, today I work with an NFL two time Super Bowl champion,” and remember, I know nothing about football. So it’s really cool how we came from such different spaces, and yet found so many parallels in the work that we do. I really appreciate the openness that Christian has. It takes a lot of courage to be vulnerable in teaching. We know this, and to talk so openly about “Here’s what I’ve learned in my last year or so of teaching.” And I’m really excited, because I think, to Christian’s point, we’ll be able to help a lot of other instructors just by talking about the work that we’re doing. So I’m really excited that Christian has agreed to work with me in this way, and we’re just so grateful for being able to be here with you both today to talk a little bit about what we’re doing.

John: Well, thank you. It’s been great talking to both of you, and to meet you, Christian and to talk to you again, Constanza, and the message that you have about working together to improve teaching is one, as the director of a teaching center, I’d like to see a whole lot more of because we can all learn from each other and sharing our ideas in a world in which things are evolving so rapidly in higher ed, can be really helpful rather than trying to deal with everything alone.

Rebecca: Finding ways to reframe, using coaching and other frames can be really helpful to spice things up and provide that variety, even if the underlying techniques and things are really the same.

Christian: This last thing, and we’ll cap it, when I talk to coaches, coaches in the NFL and college, when I talk to them about their philosophy on coaching, they all end up saying, you know, we’re just teachers. They say the same thing that we’re saying I’m saying, “Oh…” they go, “No, we’re just teachers,” and they just use a different word for it.

Rebecca: Well, thank you so much for joining us, and we look forward to sharing this with our audience,

Christian: Yeah, can’t wait to hear it. Appreciate you guys having us on.

Constanza: Thank you both.

[MUSIC]

John: If you’ve enjoyed this podcast, please subscribe and leave a review on Apple Podcasts or your favorite podcast service. To continue the conversation, join us on our Tea for Teaching Facebook page.

Rebecca: You can find show notes, transcripts and other materials on teaforteaching.com. Music by Michael Gary Brewer.

John: Editing Assistance provided by Madison Lee.

[MUSIC]